• Repugnant Trump PRO-VAX and PRO-ZIONISTS! Former US President Promotes mRNA Genetic Serums and Netanyahu’s Genocide
    25 Marzo 2024
    FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi
    192.563 Views

    By Fabio Giusepe Carlo Carisio

    VERSIONE IN ITALIANO

    «The Pandemic no longer controls our lives. The Vaccines that saved us from COVID are now being used to help beat Cancer – Turning setback into comeback!” YOU’RE WELCOME, JOE, NINE MONTH APPROVAL TIME VS. 12 YEARS THAT IT WOULD HAVE TAKEN YOU!»

    Trump’s Pro-VAX Propaganda for Big Pharma Money

    This is what we read in a post published in recent days by Donald Trump, the only Republican candidate remaining in the running for the US Presidential Elections of November 2020, relaunched by the attentive analyst of the problems of mRNA genetic serums Igor Chudov who limited himself to a laconic comment.

    «In the TruthSocial post above, Trump mentioned his nine-month approval time for Covid vaccines.I am frankly shocked by the stupidity of both statements.The vaccines did not “save us from the pandemic” – they made the pandemic worse. And being proud that such vaccines were pushed through in just nine months is perhaps a bit misguided».


    Trump’s embarrassing post was immediately contested by one of his followers
    Chudov’s comment was far too pitiful. Trump, who poses as an anti-system fighter, hits the ground running by relaunching propaganda on vaccines while completely ignoring three crucial elements:

    the SARS-Cov-2 pandemic was created in the laboratory in a deal between CHINA and the USA (with the help of the EU and the United Kingdom) as reported by the late biologist Luc Montagnier and his biomathematician friend Jean-Claude Perez, confirmed by dozens of scientific studies and finally also supported by the US Senate Health Committee led by a Republican
    there is evidence that Moderna patented its anti-Covid vaccine 9 months before the discovery of the Wuhan outbreak in collaboration with the virologist Anthony Fauci and with funding from the Pentagon’s DARPA military agency provided by the Obama-Biden administration
    mRNA gene sera are causing a myriad of adverse reactions, including serious and lethal ones, precisely because they are based on the artificial manipulation of proteins and molecules that interact in a devastating way with the natural immune system of human beings
    finally, these Covid vaccines have been identified as the main culprits in the degeneration of the Turbo-Cancer phenomenon, so much so that a doctor suffering from a tumor acted as a guinea pig for the new anti-Cancer vaccine in a grotesque spiral with the stench of transhumanism.
    After 4 years and tens of thousands of deaths after reports of unwanted effects related to Covid vaccines, the former president seems not to want to make a “mea culpa” for the management of the pandemic left in the hands of the terrorist Fauci (former NIAID director but also consultant of the White House on the Covid emergency) nor question the work of Moderna (which benefited from the Warp Speed contribution provided by the Trump administration) and Pfizer, which refused the help but in return financed an avalanche of senators and Republican deputies.

    The impression is that he is looking for sponsors among Big Pharma…

    https://www.gospanews.net/2021/12/22/pfizer-sponsor-pure-dei-procuratori-usa-lobbying-da-1milione-di-dollari-alla-conference-attorneys-general-altri-8-a-1-842-politici-bipartisan/

    Lolling in wavering positions like a drunken elephant, after pretending to ride the battle against Big Pharma of Florida governor Ron DeSantis and surgeon general Joseph A. Ladapo who called for a stop to all mRNA serums precisely because they can cause cancer, now reveals his idolatry towards one of the fundamental components of the global immunization plan launched by Bill Gates and the Rockefeller Foundation way back in 1999 in Italy and then culminated in a pandemic “planned for decades” as declared by Robert F-Kennedy jr and demonstrated by patent expert David Martin but above all detailed by the 74 investigations of the WuhanGates cycle by Gospa News.

    Believing that voters are drunk on ignorance like him, however, he is countered by one of his followers who gained 2.59 Likes, 10% of those of Trump’s post.

    This would be enough to make it clear that the former president is hypocrisy personified.

    Donny’s Connections to the Weapons Lobby

    But since we have followed him since he had the US Navy launch 100 Tomahawk missiles on Syria in retaliation for the chemical attack in Douma attributed to Assad’s army but which turned out to be a “false flag” of the jihadists of Al Nusra with the complicity of the White Helmets trained by British intelligence, we know well the international damage it has done.

    Especially in Venezuela, triggering electromagnetic sabotage against President Maduro and consequent lethal blackouts interrupted only by the intervention of Russian experts.


    Il presidente Donald Trump ad un vertice internazionale accanto al ceo di BlackRock Larry Fink
    In the first Weapons Lobby investigation we published a photo of Trump smiling next to Larry Fink, the Zionist financier from New York who founded BlackRock, shareholder of the main warlord corporations but also of Big Pharma.

    Trump’s policy in the Middle East allowed Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to build a Zionist dictatorship in his country and lay the foundations for the latest devastating war in Gaza which turned into a systematic and premeditated genocide.

    And in fact the former MAGA president who fell like a fish in a barrel into the Capitol Hill trap on January 6, 2021, never misses an opportunity to reiterate his support for the Zionists.

    Support for the Israeli Zionists of the Gaza Genocide

    Here is what he recently wrote from the international newspaper Politico:

    The Biden campaign and allied Democratic groups swiftly denounced Donald Trump on Monday after the former president told a conservative radio host that Jews who vote Democratic were sacrilegious.

    The comments from Trump came during an interview with Sebastian Gorka, his one time campaign aide, who pressed him on criticism prominent Democrats have had for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu during the Israel-Hamas war.

    “I actually think they hate Israel,” Trump told Gorka. “Any Jewish person that votes for Democrats hates their religion … They hate everything about Israel, and they should be ashamed of themselves because Israel will be destroyed.”

    Paradoxically, at the very moment in which Biden is trying to distance himself from the massacre of Palestinians aimed at depopulating the Gaza Strip, Trump strengthens his extremist positions thus becoming a fan of that New World Order of Masonic and Zionist origin which through Tel Aviv aims to take control of the Mediterranean Sea with the complicity of a NATO that almost seems like a supporting player.

    Unfortunately too many people in Italy too are blinded by the image of Donny as the only opponent of NWO and Biden, but they have not understood that he is also the son of that same evil bipartisan alliance of Big Pharma and the Weapons Lobby which has imposition in its sights of military dictatorships for “inevitable wars” and who knows how many new “laboratory” pandemics for other compulsory vaccination campaigns.

    Trump is nothing more than the right-wing – almost extreme – counterpart of his rival.

    Indeed, given his different size, he could become a grotesque sarcophagus if, with the help of the Zionist lobbies, he won the challenge for the White House.

    Subscribe to the Gospa News Newsletter to read the news as soon as it is published

    Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio
    © COPYRIGHT GOSPA NEWS
    prohibition of reproduction without authorization
    follow Fabio Carisio Gospa News director on Twitter
    follow Gospa News on Telegram

    MAIN SOURCES

    GOSPA NEWS – COVID-19 DOSSIER

    GOSPA NEWS – WUHAN-GATES DOSSIER

    https://www.gospanews.net/en/2024/01/10/faucis-testimony-before-us-congress-uncovered-drastic-failures-in-public-health-systems-and-pandemic-origin/

    (Visited 892 times, 9 visits today)

    FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi


    https://www.gospanews.net/en/2024/03/25/repugnant-trump-pro-vax-and-pro-zionists-former-us-president-promotes-mrna-genetic-serums-and-netanyahus-genocide/


    https://telegra.ph/Repugnant-Trump-PRO-VAX-and-PRO-ZIONISTS-Former-US-President-Promotes-mRNA-Genetic-Serums-and-Netanyahus-Genocide-07-18
    Repugnant Trump PRO-VAX and PRO-ZIONISTS! Former US President Promotes mRNA Genetic Serums and Netanyahu’s Genocide 25 Marzo 2024 FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi 192.563 Views By Fabio Giusepe Carlo Carisio VERSIONE IN ITALIANO «The Pandemic no longer controls our lives. The Vaccines that saved us from COVID are now being used to help beat Cancer – Turning setback into comeback!” YOU’RE WELCOME, JOE, NINE MONTH APPROVAL TIME VS. 12 YEARS THAT IT WOULD HAVE TAKEN YOU!» Trump’s Pro-VAX Propaganda for Big Pharma Money This is what we read in a post published in recent days by Donald Trump, the only Republican candidate remaining in the running for the US Presidential Elections of November 2020, relaunched by the attentive analyst of the problems of mRNA genetic serums Igor Chudov who limited himself to a laconic comment. «In the TruthSocial post above, Trump mentioned his nine-month approval time for Covid vaccines.I am frankly shocked by the stupidity of both statements.The vaccines did not “save us from the pandemic” – they made the pandemic worse. And being proud that such vaccines were pushed through in just nine months is perhaps a bit misguided». Trump’s embarrassing post was immediately contested by one of his followers Chudov’s comment was far too pitiful. Trump, who poses as an anti-system fighter, hits the ground running by relaunching propaganda on vaccines while completely ignoring three crucial elements: the SARS-Cov-2 pandemic was created in the laboratory in a deal between CHINA and the USA (with the help of the EU and the United Kingdom) as reported by the late biologist Luc Montagnier and his biomathematician friend Jean-Claude Perez, confirmed by dozens of scientific studies and finally also supported by the US Senate Health Committee led by a Republican there is evidence that Moderna patented its anti-Covid vaccine 9 months before the discovery of the Wuhan outbreak in collaboration with the virologist Anthony Fauci and with funding from the Pentagon’s DARPA military agency provided by the Obama-Biden administration mRNA gene sera are causing a myriad of adverse reactions, including serious and lethal ones, precisely because they are based on the artificial manipulation of proteins and molecules that interact in a devastating way with the natural immune system of human beings finally, these Covid vaccines have been identified as the main culprits in the degeneration of the Turbo-Cancer phenomenon, so much so that a doctor suffering from a tumor acted as a guinea pig for the new anti-Cancer vaccine in a grotesque spiral with the stench of transhumanism. After 4 years and tens of thousands of deaths after reports of unwanted effects related to Covid vaccines, the former president seems not to want to make a “mea culpa” for the management of the pandemic left in the hands of the terrorist Fauci (former NIAID director but also consultant of the White House on the Covid emergency) nor question the work of Moderna (which benefited from the Warp Speed contribution provided by the Trump administration) and Pfizer, which refused the help but in return financed an avalanche of senators and Republican deputies. The impression is that he is looking for sponsors among Big Pharma… https://www.gospanews.net/2021/12/22/pfizer-sponsor-pure-dei-procuratori-usa-lobbying-da-1milione-di-dollari-alla-conference-attorneys-general-altri-8-a-1-842-politici-bipartisan/ Lolling in wavering positions like a drunken elephant, after pretending to ride the battle against Big Pharma of Florida governor Ron DeSantis and surgeon general Joseph A. Ladapo who called for a stop to all mRNA serums precisely because they can cause cancer, now reveals his idolatry towards one of the fundamental components of the global immunization plan launched by Bill Gates and the Rockefeller Foundation way back in 1999 in Italy and then culminated in a pandemic “planned for decades” as declared by Robert F-Kennedy jr and demonstrated by patent expert David Martin but above all detailed by the 74 investigations of the WuhanGates cycle by Gospa News. Believing that voters are drunk on ignorance like him, however, he is countered by one of his followers who gained 2.59 Likes, 10% of those of Trump’s post. This would be enough to make it clear that the former president is hypocrisy personified. Donny’s Connections to the Weapons Lobby But since we have followed him since he had the US Navy launch 100 Tomahawk missiles on Syria in retaliation for the chemical attack in Douma attributed to Assad’s army but which turned out to be a “false flag” of the jihadists of Al Nusra with the complicity of the White Helmets trained by British intelligence, we know well the international damage it has done. Especially in Venezuela, triggering electromagnetic sabotage against President Maduro and consequent lethal blackouts interrupted only by the intervention of Russian experts. Il presidente Donald Trump ad un vertice internazionale accanto al ceo di BlackRock Larry Fink In the first Weapons Lobby investigation we published a photo of Trump smiling next to Larry Fink, the Zionist financier from New York who founded BlackRock, shareholder of the main warlord corporations but also of Big Pharma. Trump’s policy in the Middle East allowed Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu to build a Zionist dictatorship in his country and lay the foundations for the latest devastating war in Gaza which turned into a systematic and premeditated genocide. And in fact the former MAGA president who fell like a fish in a barrel into the Capitol Hill trap on January 6, 2021, never misses an opportunity to reiterate his support for the Zionists. Support for the Israeli Zionists of the Gaza Genocide Here is what he recently wrote from the international newspaper Politico: The Biden campaign and allied Democratic groups swiftly denounced Donald Trump on Monday after the former president told a conservative radio host that Jews who vote Democratic were sacrilegious. The comments from Trump came during an interview with Sebastian Gorka, his one time campaign aide, who pressed him on criticism prominent Democrats have had for Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu during the Israel-Hamas war. “I actually think they hate Israel,” Trump told Gorka. “Any Jewish person that votes for Democrats hates their religion … They hate everything about Israel, and they should be ashamed of themselves because Israel will be destroyed.” Paradoxically, at the very moment in which Biden is trying to distance himself from the massacre of Palestinians aimed at depopulating the Gaza Strip, Trump strengthens his extremist positions thus becoming a fan of that New World Order of Masonic and Zionist origin which through Tel Aviv aims to take control of the Mediterranean Sea with the complicity of a NATO that almost seems like a supporting player. Unfortunately too many people in Italy too are blinded by the image of Donny as the only opponent of NWO and Biden, but they have not understood that he is also the son of that same evil bipartisan alliance of Big Pharma and the Weapons Lobby which has imposition in its sights of military dictatorships for “inevitable wars” and who knows how many new “laboratory” pandemics for other compulsory vaccination campaigns. Trump is nothing more than the right-wing – almost extreme – counterpart of his rival. Indeed, given his different size, he could become a grotesque sarcophagus if, with the help of the Zionist lobbies, he won the challenge for the White House. Subscribe to the Gospa News Newsletter to read the news as soon as it is published Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio © COPYRIGHT GOSPA NEWS prohibition of reproduction without authorization follow Fabio Carisio Gospa News director on Twitter follow Gospa News on Telegram MAIN SOURCES GOSPA NEWS – COVID-19 DOSSIER GOSPA NEWS – WUHAN-GATES DOSSIER https://www.gospanews.net/en/2024/01/10/faucis-testimony-before-us-congress-uncovered-drastic-failures-in-public-health-systems-and-pandemic-origin/ (Visited 892 times, 9 visits today) FacebookTwitterWhatsAppEmailLinkedInTelegramCondividi https://www.gospanews.net/en/2024/03/25/repugnant-trump-pro-vax-and-pro-zionists-former-us-president-promotes-mrna-genetic-serums-and-netanyahus-genocide/ https://telegra.ph/Repugnant-Trump-PRO-VAX-and-PRO-ZIONISTS-Former-US-President-Promotes-mRNA-Genetic-Serums-and-Netanyahus-Genocide-07-18
    WWW.GOSPANEWS.NET
    Repugnant Trump PRO-VAX and PRO-ZIONISTS! Former US President Promotes mRNA Genetic Serums and Netanyahu’s Genocide
    By Fabio Giusepe Carlo CarisioVERSIONE IN ITALIANO«The Pandemic no longer controls our lives. The Vaccines that saved us from COVID are now being used to help beat Cancer – Turning setback into comeback!” YOU’RE WELCOME, JOE, NINE MONTH APPROVAL TIME VS. 12 YEARS THAT IT WOULD HAVE TA
    0 Comments 0 Shares 23 Views
  • 5 killed, hundreds injured in violent clashes between job quota protesters in Bangladesh
    Near-daily marches this month have demanded an end to a quota system that reserves more than half of civil service posts for specific groups, including children of heroes from the country’s 1971 liberation war against Pakistan. Critics say the scheme benefits children of pro-government groups that back Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, 76, who won her fourth consecutive election in January after a vote without genuine opposition

    At least five demonstrators were killed in Bangladesh on Tuesday during violent clashes between rival student groups over quotas for coveted government jobs, police said, a day after more than 400 others were injured.

    Police fired tear gas and rubber bullets as university students battled with counter-protesters backing the ruling Awami League party, fighting with sticks and hurling rocks.

    The violence marks an escalation in efforts to hinder a determined weekslong campaign of sit-in protests and street marches that has ignored calls by Bangladesh’s prime minister and top court for students to return to class.

    Three people were killed in the port city of Chittagong.

    “All three had bullet injuries,” Chittagong Medical College Hospital director Mohammad Taslim Uddin told AFP.

    “Some 35 people were injured.”

    Rival student groups marched in several key locations around the capital Dhaka, some throwing bricks at each other, with traffic in the city of 20 million almost ground to a halt.

    CC Tv Video Link- https://rb.gy/e0zc9l

    #DozensWounded #trandinginfo #worldviral #worldtranding #StepDownHasina #WENEEDYOURHELP #Mbappe #AbhiandNiyu #SummerLeague #WritingLife #poohpavel
    5 killed, hundreds injured in violent clashes between job quota protesters in Bangladesh Near-daily marches this month have demanded an end to a quota system that reserves more than half of civil service posts for specific groups, including children of heroes from the country’s 1971 liberation war against Pakistan. Critics say the scheme benefits children of pro-government groups that back Prime Minister Sheikh Hasina, 76, who won her fourth consecutive election in January after a vote without genuine opposition At least five demonstrators were killed in Bangladesh on Tuesday during violent clashes between rival student groups over quotas for coveted government jobs, police said, a day after more than 400 others were injured. Police fired tear gas and rubber bullets as university students battled with counter-protesters backing the ruling Awami League party, fighting with sticks and hurling rocks. The violence marks an escalation in efforts to hinder a determined weekslong campaign of sit-in protests and street marches that has ignored calls by Bangladesh’s prime minister and top court for students to return to class. Three people were killed in the port city of Chittagong. “All three had bullet injuries,” Chittagong Medical College Hospital director Mohammad Taslim Uddin told AFP. “Some 35 people were injured.” Rival student groups marched in several key locations around the capital Dhaka, some throwing bricks at each other, with traffic in the city of 20 million almost ground to a halt. CC Tv Video Link- https://rb.gy/e0zc9l #DozensWounded #trandinginfo #worldviral #worldtranding #StepDownHasina #WENEEDYOURHELP #Mbappe #AbhiandNiyu #SummerLeague #WritingLife #poohpavel
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 817 Views
  • 6 Killed, Dozens Wounded In Shooting Near Mosque In Oman
    Monday's mosque attack, which has yet to be claimed, came as Shiites this week mark Ashura, an annual day of mourning that commemorates the seventh-century death in battle of Imam Hussein.

    Oman: Six people including four Pakistanis were killed and nearly 30 wounded in a shooting near a Shiite mosque in the Omani capital Muscat, officials said Tuesday, a rare attack in the otherwise stable Gulf sultanate.
    Monday's mosque attack, which has yet to be claimed, came as Shiites this week mark Ashura, an annual day of mourning that commemorates the seventh-century death in battle of Imam Hussein, regarded by the sect as the rightful successor to the Prophet Mohammed.

    "The Royal Oman Police have responded to a shooting incident that occurred in the vicinity of a mosque in the Al-Wadi Al-Kabir area" of the capital, a police statement said.

    The three gunmen behind the attack were killed and police officers have "concluded the procedures for dealing with the shooting," it said.

    It gave a death count of six killed, including a police officer. It said 28 people "from various nationalities" were wounded, including rescuers and paramedics

    CC Tv Video Link- https://rb.gy/e0zc9l

    #DozensWounded #trandinginfo #worldviral #worldtranding #StepDownHasina #WENEEDYOURHELP #Mbappe #AbhiandNiyu #SummerLeague #WritingLife #poohpavel
    6 Killed, Dozens Wounded In Shooting Near Mosque In Oman Monday's mosque attack, which has yet to be claimed, came as Shiites this week mark Ashura, an annual day of mourning that commemorates the seventh-century death in battle of Imam Hussein. Oman: Six people including four Pakistanis were killed and nearly 30 wounded in a shooting near a Shiite mosque in the Omani capital Muscat, officials said Tuesday, a rare attack in the otherwise stable Gulf sultanate. Monday's mosque attack, which has yet to be claimed, came as Shiites this week mark Ashura, an annual day of mourning that commemorates the seventh-century death in battle of Imam Hussein, regarded by the sect as the rightful successor to the Prophet Mohammed. "The Royal Oman Police have responded to a shooting incident that occurred in the vicinity of a mosque in the Al-Wadi Al-Kabir area" of the capital, a police statement said. The three gunmen behind the attack were killed and police officers have "concluded the procedures for dealing with the shooting," it said. It gave a death count of six killed, including a police officer. It said 28 people "from various nationalities" were wounded, including rescuers and paramedics CC Tv Video Link- https://rb.gy/e0zc9l #DozensWounded #trandinginfo #worldviral #worldtranding #StepDownHasina #WENEEDYOURHELP #Mbappe #AbhiandNiyu #SummerLeague #WritingLife #poohpavel
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 507 Views
  • Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7
    [email protected] July 15, 2024 Brig. Gen. Avi Rosenfeld, Brig. Gen. Barak Hiram, hannibal directive, house of Pessi Cohen, IDF, kibbutz be'eri, Kibbutz Nir Oz, Nahal Oz outpost, october 7, Re'im army base, Supernova rave, unmanned assault drone
    Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7
    Hamas attack on Gaza border communities in Southern Israel on October 7 (photo)


    Two articles below:

    Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7. But in the U.S. media: silence…

    Israel ordered the “Hannibal Directive” on October 7 by ordering the killing of captive Israeli soldiers and civilians. But the U.S. media continues to hide the truth.

    by James North, reposted from Mondoweiss, July 10, 2024

    Israeli soldiers sit in a tank near the Israeli-Gaza border after the end of a seven-day truce between Israel and Hamas, December 1, 2023, Kibbutz Beeri
    Israeli soldiers sit in a tank near the Israeli-Gaza border after the end of a seven-day truce between Israel and Hamas, December 1, 2023, Kibbutz Beeri (photo)
    Three days ago, Israel’s leading newspaper, Haaretz, published the results of its thorough, comprehensive investigation into what actually happened when Hamas attacked on October 7. So far, the U.S. mainstream media has not said a word about the shocking results of that investigation. Critics sometimes use the expression “media malpractice” to describe the American mainstream’s failure to report accurately about Israel/Palestine. This time, though, what’s happening is even worse; it has to be deliberate self-censorship, designed to hide the truth from the U.S. audience.

    Haaretz’s long report found that Israel’s army had employed the “Hannibal Directive” on October 7. The Directive is an Israeli policy that instructs the military to open fire on its own soldiers to prevent them from being taken captive. Of course, this site, alongside other alternative media sources, was one of the first to point out the possible role of the Hannibal Directive in Israeli deaths on October 7. But the Haaretz report was significant in the number of military sources it interviewed who confirmed that there were direct orders to implement the Directive.

    Haaretz explained that the policy has “the intent of foiling kidnapping even at the expense of the lives of the kidnapped.” At first, the army started deploying “Ziks,” unmanned assault drones. Later, the army fired mortars, and then artillery shells. Haaretz also confirmed that the military did know that Israeli civilians had also been taken hostage, but, nonetheless, at 11:22 a.m. the order came down: “Not a single vehicle can return to Gaza.”

    The Haaretz report is cautious, but it still concludes: “[The 11:22 a.m. message] was understood by everyone. . . At this point, the IDF was not aware of the extent of kidnapping along the Gaza border, but it did know that many people were involved. Thus, it was entirely clear what the message meant, and what the fate of some of the kidnapped people would be.”

    In other words, some — possibly many — of the Israeli deaths that day, including civilians, were deliberately caused by Israel’s own military. How this is not news is incomprehensible. But, three days later, in the New York Times: not a word. The Washington Post: nothing. CNN: nothing. National Public Radio: nada.

    Instead, if you plug “Hannibal” into the search engines at these media sites, the results only mention “Hannibal Lecter,” the fictional serial killer who was the subject of a book and popular film.

    But there’s nothing new about the Israeli military’s Hannibal Directive. (The doctrine is probably named for the Carthaginian general who fought Rome in 200 B.C., who said he would swallow poison instead of surrendering. Some Israeli sources claimed that the name was randomly generated, an assertion that prompts skepticism.)

    Way back on October 22, this site reported:

    “A growing number of reports indicate Israeli forces responsible for Israeli civilian and military deaths following October 7 attack.”

    Then, last March, the estimable Jonathan Ofir also posted here that an actual Israeli soldier, Captain Bar Zonshein, had admitted to “firing tank shells on vehicles carrying Israeli civilians.”

    The even more comprehensive Haaretz investigation should have prompted a reaction from the mainstream U.S. reporters who are stationed in Israel. American journalists should have been cultivating their own sources since October 7, and been ready to at least match the Haaretz article. Instead, the only response so far has been a panel hosted by Piers Morgan, and a Mehdi Hasan/Bassem Youssef podcast.

    I’ve followed the U.S. media coverage of Israel/Palestine closely for more than a decade now. Continuing to hide Israel’s deployment of the Hannibal Directive on October 7 is one of the most offensive examples of self-censorship that I can recall. The mainstream’s dishonesty is just one more example of why alternative websites are indispensable.

    James North is a Mondoweiss Editor-at-Large, and has reported from Africa, Latin America, and Asia for four decades. He lives in New York City. Follow him on Twitter at @jamesnorth7

    Following is the Ha’aretz article:

    IDF Ordered Hannibal Directive on October 7 to Prevent Hamas Taking Soldiers Captive

    by Yaniv Kubovich, reposted from Haaretz, Jul 7, 2024

    ‘There was crazy hysteria, and decisions started being made without verified information’ — Documents and testimonies obtained by Haaretz reveal the Hannibal operational order, which directs the use of force to prevent soldiers being taken into captivity, was employed at three army facilities infiltrated by Hamas, potentially endangering civilians as well…

    Gaza Division operations and airstrikes in the first hours of October 7 were based on limited information. The first long moments after the Hamas attack was launched were chaotic. Reports were coming in, with their significance not always clear. When their meaning was understood, it was realized that something horrific had taken place.

    Communication networks could not keep up with the flow of information, as was the case for soldiers sending these reports. However, the message conveyed at 11:22 a.m. across the Gaza Division network was understood by everyone. “Not a single vehicle can return to Gaza” was the order.

    Armed Hamas gunmen at Kibbutz Alumim October 7 2023
    Armed Hamas gunmen at Kibbutz Alumim October 7 2023 (photo)
    At this point, the IDF was not aware of the extent of kidnapping along the Gaza border, but it did know that many people were involved. Thus, it was entirely clear what that message meant, and what the fate of some of the kidnapped people would be.

    This was not the first order given by the division with the intent of foiling kidnapping even at the expense of the lives of the kidnapped, a procedure known in the army as the “Hannibal procedure.”

    Documents obtained by Haaretz, as well as testimonies of soldiers, mid-level and senior IDF officers, reveal a host of orders and procedures laid down by the Gaza Division, Southern Command and the IDF General Staff up to the afternoon hours of that day, showing how widespread this procedure was, from the first hours following the attack and at various points along the border.

    Haaretz does not know whether or how many civilians and soldiers were hit due to these procedures, but the cumulative data indicates that many of the kidnapped people were at risk, exposed to Israeli gunfire, even if they were not the target.

    At 6:43 a.m., at which time rocket barrages were launched at Israel and thousands of Hamas operatives were attacking army strongholds and the division’s observation and communications capabilities, the division’s commander Brig. Gen. Avi Rosenfeld declared that “the Philistines have invaded.”

    This is the procedure when an enemy invades Israeli territory, upon which a division commander can assume extraordinary authority, including the employment of heavy fire inside Israeli territory, in order to block an enemy raid.

    A very senior IDF source confirmed to Haaretz that the Hannibal procedure was employed on October 7, adding that this was not used by the divisional commander. Who did give the order? This, said the source, will perhaps be established by post-war investigations.

    In any case, says a defense official who is familiar with the October 7 operations at the Gaza Division, in the morning hours “no one knew what was going on outside.” He says that Rosenfeld was in the war room, not emerging, “while outside a world war was raging.”

    CCTV shot of Hamas gunmen infiltrating Kibbutz Be'eri on October 7, 2023
    CCTV shot of Hamas gunmen infiltrating Kibbutz Be’eri on October 7, 2023 (photo)
    “Everyone was shocked by the number of terrorists who had penetrated the base. Even in our nightmares, we didn’t have plans for such an attack. No one had a clue about the number of people kidnapped or where army forces were. There was crazy hysteria, with decisions made without any verified information,” he continued.

    One of these decisions was made at 7:18 a.m., when an observation post at the Yiftah outpost reported that someone had been kidnapped at the Erez border crossing, adjacent to the IDF’s liaison office. “Hannibal at Erez” came the command from divisional headquarters, “dispatch a Zik.” The Zik is an unmanned assault drone, and the meaning of this command was clear.

    This wasn’t the last time that such an order was heard over the communications network. Over the next half hour, the division realized that Hamas terrorists had managed to kill and abduct soldiers serving at the crossing and at the adjacent base. Then, at 7:41 a.m., it happened again: Hannibal at Erez, an assault on the crossing and the base, just so that no more soldiers be taken. Such commands were given later as well.

    The Erez border crossing was not the only place this happened. Information obtained by Haaretz and confirmed by the army shows that throughout that morning, the Hannibal procedure was employed at two other locations penetrated by terrorists: the Re’im army base, where the divisional headquarters were located, and the Nahal Oz outpost in which female spotters were based. This did not prevent the kidnapping of seven of them or the killing of 15 other spotters, as well as 38 other soldiers.

    Over the next few hours, division headquarters started putting the pieces of the puzzle together, realizing the extent of the Hamas attack, but missing the invasion of Kibbutz Nir Oz, which the first army forces reached only after the terrorists had left. Regarding the frequency of employing the Hannibal procedure, it seems that nothing changed. Thus, for example, at 10:19 a.m. a report reached divisional headquarters indicating that a Zik had attacked the Re’im base.

    Three minutes later, another such report arrived. At that time, Shaldag commando forces were already on the base fighting the terrorists. To this day, it’s not clear whether one of them was hurt in the drone attack. What is known is that over the communications network there was a message asking everyone to make sure no soldier was outdoors on the base, since IDF forces were about to enter and drive out or kill remaining terrorists.

    Drone footage released by the Israeli military in November shows the extent of the destruction of the cars fleeing the Supernova rave on October 7, likely inflicted by Israeli drones and helicopters.
    Drone footage released by the Israeli military in November shows the extent of the destruction of the cars fleeing the Supernova rave on October 7, likely inflicted by Israeli drones and helicopters. (photo)
    The decision to conduct attacks inside outposts, says a senior defense official, will haunt senior commanders all their lives. “Anyone making such a decision knew that our combatants in the area could be hit as well.”

    But such attacks took place, it turns out, not only inside outposts or bases. At 10:32 a.m., a new order was issued, according to which all battalions in the area were ordered to fire mortars in the direction of the Gaza Strip. Internal discussions in the army noted that this order, attributed to Brig. Gen. Rosenfeld, was heavily criticized, since at that time, the IDF did not have a complete picture of all the forces in the area, including soldiers and civilians. Some of these were in open areas or in woods along the border, trying to hide from the terrorists.

    At that point, the army did not know the number of people who had been kidnapped. “We thought they numbered dozens at that stage,” a military source told Haaretz. Firing mortars at the Gaza Strip would endanger them as well. Furthermore, another order given at 11:22 a.m., according to which no vehicle would be allowed to return to Gaza, took this a step further.

    “Everyone knew by then that such vehicles could be carrying kidnapped civilians or soldiers,” a source in Southern Command told Haaretz. “There was no case in which a vehicle carrying kidnapped people was knowingly attacked, but you couldn’t really know if there were any such people in a vehicle. I can’t say there was a clear instruction, but everyone knew what it meant to not let any vehicles return to Gaza.”

    A new development occurred at 2:00 p.m. All the forces were instructed not to exit border communities toward the west, in the direction of the border, with an emphasis on not chasing terrorists. At that point, the border area was under intense fire, directed at anyone in that area, making it a danger zone.

    “The instruction,” says the source in Southern Command, “was meant to turn the area around the border fence into a killing zone, closing it off toward the west.”

    At 6:40 p.m., military intelligence believed that many terrorists were intending to flee together back to the Gaza Strip, in an organized manner. This was near Kibbutz Be’eri, Kfar Azza and Kissufim. Following this, the army launched artillery raids at the border fence area, very close to some of these communities. Shortly afterwards, shells were fired at the Erez border crossing. The IDF says it is not aware of any civilians being hurt in these bombardments.

    Hamas gunmen capturing civilian hostages from Kibbutz Be'eri on October 7, 2023
    Hamas gunmen capturing civilian hostages from Kibbutz Be’eri on October 7, 2023 (photo)
    One case in which it is known that civilians were hit, a case that received wide coverage, took place in the house of Pessi Cohen at Kibbutz Be’eri. 14 hostages were held in the house as the IDF attacked it, with 13 of them killed. In the coming weeks, the IDF is expected to publish the results of its investigation of the incident, which will answer the question of whether Brig. Gen. Barak Hiram, the commander of Division 99 who was in charge of operations in Be’eri on October 7, was employing the Hannibal procedure. Did he order the tank to move ahead even at the cost of civilian casualties, as he stated in an interview he gave later to the New York Times?

    Over all the months that have passed, the IDF has refused to say whether this procedure was employed against civilians who had been taken hostage. It now seems that even if the answer is positive, the question may have been only a partial one. The actions of Hiram may have simply been congruent with the way the IDF operated that day.

    ZAKA Disaster Victim Identification after 2023 Hamas attack on Israel
    ZAKA Disaster Victim Identification after 2023 Hamas attack on Israel (photo)
    As far as Haaretz knows, even at 9:33 p.m. this was still the situation on the ground. At that time, there was a further order from Southern Command: close off all the border area with tanks. In fact, all forces in the area received permission to open fire at anyone approaching the border area, without any restrictions.

    The IDF spokesman responded by saying that “the army has been fighting for six months at high intensity on several fronts, focused on attaining the war’s objectives. In tandem, the IDF has begun conducting internal investigations of what transpired on October 7 and the preceding period. The aim of these investigations is to learn and to draw lessons which could be used in continuing the battle. When these investigations are concluded, the results will be presented to the public with transparency.”

    Yaniv Kubovich is a Military Correspondent for Haaretz based in Rishon LeZion, Israel. His work has been included in: Haaretz, MSN (US), The Internet Archive, Substack, Flipboard, Global Research, Forward, Jewish Journal (Los Angeles), Center for a New American Security (CNAS), CTXT, Reader Supported News, Mondialisation, SGT Report

    RELATED ARTICLES:

    UN finds at least 14 Israelis likely intentionally killed by own army on October 7
    Israeli newspaper: Israeli army ordered the killing of Israeli civilians and soldiers Oct 7
    Another Israeli soldier admits to implementing the ‘Hannibal Directive’ on October 7
    Israeli October 7 posterchild was killed by Israeli tank, eyewitnesses reveal
    Israel’s national murder-suicide pact: Internalizing the “Hannibal Directive”
    What media reports fail to tell you about October 7
    October 7th myths are still out there, killing Palestinians
    American Media Keep Citing Zaka — though its October 7 atrocity stories are discredited in Israel



    https://israelpalestinenews.org/idf-ordered-hannibal-directive-on-october-7-to-prevent-hamas-taking-soldiers-captive/
    Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7 [email protected] July 15, 2024 Brig. Gen. Avi Rosenfeld, Brig. Gen. Barak Hiram, hannibal directive, house of Pessi Cohen, IDF, kibbutz be'eri, Kibbutz Nir Oz, Nahal Oz outpost, october 7, Re'im army base, Supernova rave, unmanned assault drone Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7 Hamas attack on Gaza border communities in Southern Israel on October 7 (photo) Two articles below: Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7. But in the U.S. media: silence… Israel ordered the “Hannibal Directive” on October 7 by ordering the killing of captive Israeli soldiers and civilians. But the U.S. media continues to hide the truth. by James North, reposted from Mondoweiss, July 10, 2024 Israeli soldiers sit in a tank near the Israeli-Gaza border after the end of a seven-day truce between Israel and Hamas, December 1, 2023, Kibbutz Beeri Israeli soldiers sit in a tank near the Israeli-Gaza border after the end of a seven-day truce between Israel and Hamas, December 1, 2023, Kibbutz Beeri (photo) Three days ago, Israel’s leading newspaper, Haaretz, published the results of its thorough, comprehensive investigation into what actually happened when Hamas attacked on October 7. So far, the U.S. mainstream media has not said a word about the shocking results of that investigation. Critics sometimes use the expression “media malpractice” to describe the American mainstream’s failure to report accurately about Israel/Palestine. This time, though, what’s happening is even worse; it has to be deliberate self-censorship, designed to hide the truth from the U.S. audience. Haaretz’s long report found that Israel’s army had employed the “Hannibal Directive” on October 7. The Directive is an Israeli policy that instructs the military to open fire on its own soldiers to prevent them from being taken captive. Of course, this site, alongside other alternative media sources, was one of the first to point out the possible role of the Hannibal Directive in Israeli deaths on October 7. But the Haaretz report was significant in the number of military sources it interviewed who confirmed that there were direct orders to implement the Directive. Haaretz explained that the policy has “the intent of foiling kidnapping even at the expense of the lives of the kidnapped.” At first, the army started deploying “Ziks,” unmanned assault drones. Later, the army fired mortars, and then artillery shells. Haaretz also confirmed that the military did know that Israeli civilians had also been taken hostage, but, nonetheless, at 11:22 a.m. the order came down: “Not a single vehicle can return to Gaza.” The Haaretz report is cautious, but it still concludes: “[The 11:22 a.m. message] was understood by everyone. . . At this point, the IDF was not aware of the extent of kidnapping along the Gaza border, but it did know that many people were involved. Thus, it was entirely clear what the message meant, and what the fate of some of the kidnapped people would be.” In other words, some — possibly many — of the Israeli deaths that day, including civilians, were deliberately caused by Israel’s own military. How this is not news is incomprehensible. But, three days later, in the New York Times: not a word. The Washington Post: nothing. CNN: nothing. National Public Radio: nada. Instead, if you plug “Hannibal” into the search engines at these media sites, the results only mention “Hannibal Lecter,” the fictional serial killer who was the subject of a book and popular film. But there’s nothing new about the Israeli military’s Hannibal Directive. (The doctrine is probably named for the Carthaginian general who fought Rome in 200 B.C., who said he would swallow poison instead of surrendering. Some Israeli sources claimed that the name was randomly generated, an assertion that prompts skepticism.) Way back on October 22, this site reported: “A growing number of reports indicate Israeli forces responsible for Israeli civilian and military deaths following October 7 attack.” Then, last March, the estimable Jonathan Ofir also posted here that an actual Israeli soldier, Captain Bar Zonshein, had admitted to “firing tank shells on vehicles carrying Israeli civilians.” The even more comprehensive Haaretz investigation should have prompted a reaction from the mainstream U.S. reporters who are stationed in Israel. American journalists should have been cultivating their own sources since October 7, and been ready to at least match the Haaretz article. Instead, the only response so far has been a panel hosted by Piers Morgan, and a Mehdi Hasan/Bassem Youssef podcast. I’ve followed the U.S. media coverage of Israel/Palestine closely for more than a decade now. Continuing to hide Israel’s deployment of the Hannibal Directive on October 7 is one of the most offensive examples of self-censorship that I can recall. The mainstream’s dishonesty is just one more example of why alternative websites are indispensable. James North is a Mondoweiss Editor-at-Large, and has reported from Africa, Latin America, and Asia for four decades. He lives in New York City. Follow him on Twitter at @jamesnorth7 Following is the Ha’aretz article: IDF Ordered Hannibal Directive on October 7 to Prevent Hamas Taking Soldiers Captive by Yaniv Kubovich, reposted from Haaretz, Jul 7, 2024 ‘There was crazy hysteria, and decisions started being made without verified information’ — Documents and testimonies obtained by Haaretz reveal the Hannibal operational order, which directs the use of force to prevent soldiers being taken into captivity, was employed at three army facilities infiltrated by Hamas, potentially endangering civilians as well… Gaza Division operations and airstrikes in the first hours of October 7 were based on limited information. The first long moments after the Hamas attack was launched were chaotic. Reports were coming in, with their significance not always clear. When their meaning was understood, it was realized that something horrific had taken place. Communication networks could not keep up with the flow of information, as was the case for soldiers sending these reports. However, the message conveyed at 11:22 a.m. across the Gaza Division network was understood by everyone. “Not a single vehicle can return to Gaza” was the order. Armed Hamas gunmen at Kibbutz Alumim October 7 2023 Armed Hamas gunmen at Kibbutz Alumim October 7 2023 (photo) At this point, the IDF was not aware of the extent of kidnapping along the Gaza border, but it did know that many people were involved. Thus, it was entirely clear what that message meant, and what the fate of some of the kidnapped people would be. This was not the first order given by the division with the intent of foiling kidnapping even at the expense of the lives of the kidnapped, a procedure known in the army as the “Hannibal procedure.” Documents obtained by Haaretz, as well as testimonies of soldiers, mid-level and senior IDF officers, reveal a host of orders and procedures laid down by the Gaza Division, Southern Command and the IDF General Staff up to the afternoon hours of that day, showing how widespread this procedure was, from the first hours following the attack and at various points along the border. Haaretz does not know whether or how many civilians and soldiers were hit due to these procedures, but the cumulative data indicates that many of the kidnapped people were at risk, exposed to Israeli gunfire, even if they were not the target. At 6:43 a.m., at which time rocket barrages were launched at Israel and thousands of Hamas operatives were attacking army strongholds and the division’s observation and communications capabilities, the division’s commander Brig. Gen. Avi Rosenfeld declared that “the Philistines have invaded.” This is the procedure when an enemy invades Israeli territory, upon which a division commander can assume extraordinary authority, including the employment of heavy fire inside Israeli territory, in order to block an enemy raid. A very senior IDF source confirmed to Haaretz that the Hannibal procedure was employed on October 7, adding that this was not used by the divisional commander. Who did give the order? This, said the source, will perhaps be established by post-war investigations. In any case, says a defense official who is familiar with the October 7 operations at the Gaza Division, in the morning hours “no one knew what was going on outside.” He says that Rosenfeld was in the war room, not emerging, “while outside a world war was raging.” CCTV shot of Hamas gunmen infiltrating Kibbutz Be'eri on October 7, 2023 CCTV shot of Hamas gunmen infiltrating Kibbutz Be’eri on October 7, 2023 (photo) “Everyone was shocked by the number of terrorists who had penetrated the base. Even in our nightmares, we didn’t have plans for such an attack. No one had a clue about the number of people kidnapped or where army forces were. There was crazy hysteria, with decisions made without any verified information,” he continued. One of these decisions was made at 7:18 a.m., when an observation post at the Yiftah outpost reported that someone had been kidnapped at the Erez border crossing, adjacent to the IDF’s liaison office. “Hannibal at Erez” came the command from divisional headquarters, “dispatch a Zik.” The Zik is an unmanned assault drone, and the meaning of this command was clear. This wasn’t the last time that such an order was heard over the communications network. Over the next half hour, the division realized that Hamas terrorists had managed to kill and abduct soldiers serving at the crossing and at the adjacent base. Then, at 7:41 a.m., it happened again: Hannibal at Erez, an assault on the crossing and the base, just so that no more soldiers be taken. Such commands were given later as well. The Erez border crossing was not the only place this happened. Information obtained by Haaretz and confirmed by the army shows that throughout that morning, the Hannibal procedure was employed at two other locations penetrated by terrorists: the Re’im army base, where the divisional headquarters were located, and the Nahal Oz outpost in which female spotters were based. This did not prevent the kidnapping of seven of them or the killing of 15 other spotters, as well as 38 other soldiers. Over the next few hours, division headquarters started putting the pieces of the puzzle together, realizing the extent of the Hamas attack, but missing the invasion of Kibbutz Nir Oz, which the first army forces reached only after the terrorists had left. Regarding the frequency of employing the Hannibal procedure, it seems that nothing changed. Thus, for example, at 10:19 a.m. a report reached divisional headquarters indicating that a Zik had attacked the Re’im base. Three minutes later, another such report arrived. At that time, Shaldag commando forces were already on the base fighting the terrorists. To this day, it’s not clear whether one of them was hurt in the drone attack. What is known is that over the communications network there was a message asking everyone to make sure no soldier was outdoors on the base, since IDF forces were about to enter and drive out or kill remaining terrorists. Drone footage released by the Israeli military in November shows the extent of the destruction of the cars fleeing the Supernova rave on October 7, likely inflicted by Israeli drones and helicopters. Drone footage released by the Israeli military in November shows the extent of the destruction of the cars fleeing the Supernova rave on October 7, likely inflicted by Israeli drones and helicopters. (photo) The decision to conduct attacks inside outposts, says a senior defense official, will haunt senior commanders all their lives. “Anyone making such a decision knew that our combatants in the area could be hit as well.” But such attacks took place, it turns out, not only inside outposts or bases. At 10:32 a.m., a new order was issued, according to which all battalions in the area were ordered to fire mortars in the direction of the Gaza Strip. Internal discussions in the army noted that this order, attributed to Brig. Gen. Rosenfeld, was heavily criticized, since at that time, the IDF did not have a complete picture of all the forces in the area, including soldiers and civilians. Some of these were in open areas or in woods along the border, trying to hide from the terrorists. At that point, the army did not know the number of people who had been kidnapped. “We thought they numbered dozens at that stage,” a military source told Haaretz. Firing mortars at the Gaza Strip would endanger them as well. Furthermore, another order given at 11:22 a.m., according to which no vehicle would be allowed to return to Gaza, took this a step further. “Everyone knew by then that such vehicles could be carrying kidnapped civilians or soldiers,” a source in Southern Command told Haaretz. “There was no case in which a vehicle carrying kidnapped people was knowingly attacked, but you couldn’t really know if there were any such people in a vehicle. I can’t say there was a clear instruction, but everyone knew what it meant to not let any vehicles return to Gaza.” A new development occurred at 2:00 p.m. All the forces were instructed not to exit border communities toward the west, in the direction of the border, with an emphasis on not chasing terrorists. At that point, the border area was under intense fire, directed at anyone in that area, making it a danger zone. “The instruction,” says the source in Southern Command, “was meant to turn the area around the border fence into a killing zone, closing it off toward the west.” At 6:40 p.m., military intelligence believed that many terrorists were intending to flee together back to the Gaza Strip, in an organized manner. This was near Kibbutz Be’eri, Kfar Azza and Kissufim. Following this, the army launched artillery raids at the border fence area, very close to some of these communities. Shortly afterwards, shells were fired at the Erez border crossing. The IDF says it is not aware of any civilians being hurt in these bombardments. Hamas gunmen capturing civilian hostages from Kibbutz Be'eri on October 7, 2023 Hamas gunmen capturing civilian hostages from Kibbutz Be’eri on October 7, 2023 (photo) One case in which it is known that civilians were hit, a case that received wide coverage, took place in the house of Pessi Cohen at Kibbutz Be’eri. 14 hostages were held in the house as the IDF attacked it, with 13 of them killed. In the coming weeks, the IDF is expected to publish the results of its investigation of the incident, which will answer the question of whether Brig. Gen. Barak Hiram, the commander of Division 99 who was in charge of operations in Be’eri on October 7, was employing the Hannibal procedure. Did he order the tank to move ahead even at the cost of civilian casualties, as he stated in an interview he gave later to the New York Times? Over all the months that have passed, the IDF has refused to say whether this procedure was employed against civilians who had been taken hostage. It now seems that even if the answer is positive, the question may have been only a partial one. The actions of Hiram may have simply been congruent with the way the IDF operated that day. ZAKA Disaster Victim Identification after 2023 Hamas attack on Israel ZAKA Disaster Victim Identification after 2023 Hamas attack on Israel (photo) As far as Haaretz knows, even at 9:33 p.m. this was still the situation on the ground. At that time, there was a further order from Southern Command: close off all the border area with tanks. In fact, all forces in the area received permission to open fire at anyone approaching the border area, without any restrictions. The IDF spokesman responded by saying that “the army has been fighting for six months at high intensity on several fronts, focused on attaining the war’s objectives. In tandem, the IDF has begun conducting internal investigations of what transpired on October 7 and the preceding period. The aim of these investigations is to learn and to draw lessons which could be used in continuing the battle. When these investigations are concluded, the results will be presented to the public with transparency.” Yaniv Kubovich is a Military Correspondent for Haaretz based in Rishon LeZion, Israel. His work has been included in: Haaretz, MSN (US), The Internet Archive, Substack, Flipboard, Global Research, Forward, Jewish Journal (Los Angeles), Center for a New American Security (CNAS), CTXT, Reader Supported News, Mondialisation, SGT Report RELATED ARTICLES: UN finds at least 14 Israelis likely intentionally killed by own army on October 7 Israeli newspaper: Israeli army ordered the killing of Israeli civilians and soldiers Oct 7 Another Israeli soldier admits to implementing the ‘Hannibal Directive’ on October 7 Israeli October 7 posterchild was killed by Israeli tank, eyewitnesses reveal Israel’s national murder-suicide pact: Internalizing the “Hannibal Directive” What media reports fail to tell you about October 7 October 7th myths are still out there, killing Palestinians American Media Keep Citing Zaka — though its October 7 atrocity stories are discredited in Israel https://israelpalestinenews.org/idf-ordered-hannibal-directive-on-october-7-to-prevent-hamas-taking-soldiers-captive/
    ISRAELPALESTINENEWS.ORG
    Israel’s leading paper says its own army deliberately killed Israelis on October 7
    Documents & testimonies reveal the Hannibal operational order was employed at three army facilities infiltrated by Hamas. US media hide this.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 2460 Views
  • Make Meat Great Again! Don’t Let The Globalists Pull This Off
    Corey Lynn

    It’s 2023, and most people are scurrying about their days making plans for the Holidays and figuring out whether to serve up a roast, a turkey or a ham. Meanwhile, over 70,000 clowns are toasting champagne at their 5 star hotels in Dubai while thinking they can tell people whether or not a roast, a turkey, or a ham is allowed. While flying around in their private jets, they giggle as they cook up their conspiracy theory on “climate change” to convince people to eat less meat. While they’re dancing with politicians and coercing nations to set new policies and regulations to harm the productivity of farmers and ranchers – our food source – people should be supporting them and stand together in defiance of this nonsense.

    The funny thing is, while these clowns conspire and celebrate their narrative to save the planet, in part by the absurdity of reducing meat consumption, many of these same clowns are supporters of Merck and were pushing for a vote at Codex to inject cattle, pigs, and poultry with Merck’s toxic steroid-like drug zilpaterol hydrochloride to produce more muscle and less fat. This of course brings a fortune to Merck, while benefiting the bottom line for ranchers who are ok with poisoning their livestock and humans. How’s that for an oxymoron? That’s right, on November 28th, while the clowns sipped champagne on their private jets headed to the COP28 in Dubai to “save the world from climate change” and instruct nations to reduce meat consumption, their counterparts were at FAO headquarters in Rome, Italy, voting to approve this poison.

    So the question is – do they want to reduce meat consumption or do they want to muscle up the meat and make it more desirable to eat so people devour toxins? Perhaps it’s both. Who can keep track anymore? The cocktails are endless, from GMOs to hormones, antibiotics, DNA and mRNA, or growing meat in a petri dish or 3D printing it. These globalists want to make it so inedible, no one will want to consume meat.

    According to Scott Tips, President of The National Health Federation, who attends these Codex meetings to fight for the safety of consumers, this is all about money, and by adopting the Codex standard zilpaterol can “flood the world markets unobstructed.” This would allow Merck to force all of the countries who voted against it to open their markets to zilpaterol-tainted meat as well. Most of the western hemisphere has already been using zilpaterol despite the fact that there has never been a risk assessment done, it’s banned from use in horses because it’s not safe, and Merck actually withdrew it from the market in 2015 before working its way back in. At that time, under Merck’s brand name “Zilmax,” even Cargill and Tyson suspended their purchases of Zilmax-fed cattle in North America.

    The many-years-long battle against the toxic vet drug came to an end when the Commission voted 88-49 with 11 abstentions to approve zilpaterol MRLs (maximum residue levels). Scott Tips reported that those “speaking against the standard were the European Union, Switzerland, Norway, Russia, Kazakhstan, Turkey, China, Thailand, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Iran, Iraq, UAE, Algeria, Belarus, Syria, Tunisia, North Macedonia, and Cameroon. Those pushing the standard were the United States, Canada, New Zealand, many African states, and every single one of the Western-hemisphere countries. The UK remained strangely aloof, as if wishing to avoid offending anyone.”

    Back in the U.S., Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) has been trying to get the PRIME Act passed for nearly 6 years, but feels he is beginning to make headway now. If passed, the PRIME Act will make it much easier for local farms to compete with the handful of big meat companies, by allowing safe, local processing options rather than a farmer having to travel for hours to a USDA-inspected processing facility.

    According to Rep. Massie, “Current law exempts custom slaughter of animals from federal inspection regulations, but only if the meat is slaughtered for personal, household, guest, and employee use (21 U.S.C. § 623(a)). This means that in order to sell individual cuts of locally raised meats to consumers, farmers and ranchers must first send their animals to one of a limited number of USDA-inspected slaughterhouses. These USDA-inspected slaughterhouses are sometimes hundreds of miles away from farms and ranches, adding substantial transportation costs and increasing the chances of locally raised meat co-mingling with industrially-produced meat. The PRIME Act would expand the current custom exemption and allow small farms, ranches, and slaughterhouses to thrive.”

    While the battle on meat continues, it’s important for everyone to do their due diligence when it comes to shopping for and purchasing meat. According to the USDA, in March they released a proposed rule with new regulatory requirements on those voluntary “Product of USA” labels, whereby the claim can only be used on meat, poultry and egg products if they are derived from animals that are born, raised, slaughtered and processed in the USA. So pay attention to the labels – on all food for that matter. There are some small farms that offer co-ops whereby several people can go in on the ownership of cattle and split the beef. There are also a handful of companies who ship bundles of beef. In either case, it’s always important to confirm how the cattle are raised and processed, and if they are given zilpaterol, antibiotics, hormones, or mRNA. Always support your local farmers, whether it be for meat, vegetables, fruit, raw milk, or other items. They are quite literally our key to survival, unless of course you are able to grow enough food and raise livestock to support your entire family on an annual basis. They deserve our support and respect.

    Corey’s Digs has done extensive research on an incredible, fully vertically integrated large ranching operation in the U.S. who controls their entire supply chain. It’s quite impressive. The cattle are all pasture raised on over 290,000 combined acres by their own mothers. This is a premium lineage of all Prime and High Choice, with the processing facility being right on the ranch, and the beef is aged for 21 days before shipping. Never ever zilpaterol, antibiotics, hormones, mRNA, or vaccines. They ship a variety of bundles monthly or every other month, along with individual added cuts, straight from the ranch to a customer’s home. The biggest difference is the taste – it’s amazing how delicious Prime beef is without all those toxins. The beef is exclusive to members through Shopping Club Freedom, which boasts hundreds of non toxic products that everyone uses in their daily lives, all of which are patented and produced by this same company right here in the U.S. It’s one heck of a solution to ensure access to healthy products and beef while sticking it to the globalists who want to rule everyone’s life, which is why Corey’s Digs has partnered with them and has been shopping there for over two years now.

    No one should let these madmen make choices for them or their families. Everyone should support U.S. farmers and ranchers, get behind Rep. Massie’s PRIME Act, and don’t buy the poison these globalists are selling.

    MAKE MEAT GREAT AGAIN!



    Subscribe to Corey’s Digs so you don’t miss a Dig!

    https://www.coreysdigs.com/food-supply-chain/make-meat-great-again-dont-let-the-globalists-pull-this-off/
    Make Meat Great Again! Don’t Let The Globalists Pull This Off Corey Lynn It’s 2023, and most people are scurrying about their days making plans for the Holidays and figuring out whether to serve up a roast, a turkey or a ham. Meanwhile, over 70,000 clowns are toasting champagne at their 5 star hotels in Dubai while thinking they can tell people whether or not a roast, a turkey, or a ham is allowed. While flying around in their private jets, they giggle as they cook up their conspiracy theory on “climate change” to convince people to eat less meat. While they’re dancing with politicians and coercing nations to set new policies and regulations to harm the productivity of farmers and ranchers – our food source – people should be supporting them and stand together in defiance of this nonsense. The funny thing is, while these clowns conspire and celebrate their narrative to save the planet, in part by the absurdity of reducing meat consumption, many of these same clowns are supporters of Merck and were pushing for a vote at Codex to inject cattle, pigs, and poultry with Merck’s toxic steroid-like drug zilpaterol hydrochloride to produce more muscle and less fat. This of course brings a fortune to Merck, while benefiting the bottom line for ranchers who are ok with poisoning their livestock and humans. How’s that for an oxymoron? That’s right, on November 28th, while the clowns sipped champagne on their private jets headed to the COP28 in Dubai to “save the world from climate change” and instruct nations to reduce meat consumption, their counterparts were at FAO headquarters in Rome, Italy, voting to approve this poison. So the question is – do they want to reduce meat consumption or do they want to muscle up the meat and make it more desirable to eat so people devour toxins? Perhaps it’s both. Who can keep track anymore? The cocktails are endless, from GMOs to hormones, antibiotics, DNA and mRNA, or growing meat in a petri dish or 3D printing it. These globalists want to make it so inedible, no one will want to consume meat. According to Scott Tips, President of The National Health Federation, who attends these Codex meetings to fight for the safety of consumers, this is all about money, and by adopting the Codex standard zilpaterol can “flood the world markets unobstructed.” This would allow Merck to force all of the countries who voted against it to open their markets to zilpaterol-tainted meat as well. Most of the western hemisphere has already been using zilpaterol despite the fact that there has never been a risk assessment done, it’s banned from use in horses because it’s not safe, and Merck actually withdrew it from the market in 2015 before working its way back in. At that time, under Merck’s brand name “Zilmax,” even Cargill and Tyson suspended their purchases of Zilmax-fed cattle in North America. The many-years-long battle against the toxic vet drug came to an end when the Commission voted 88-49 with 11 abstentions to approve zilpaterol MRLs (maximum residue levels). Scott Tips reported that those “speaking against the standard were the European Union, Switzerland, Norway, Russia, Kazakhstan, Turkey, China, Thailand, Saudi Arabia, Qatar, Iran, Iraq, UAE, Algeria, Belarus, Syria, Tunisia, North Macedonia, and Cameroon. Those pushing the standard were the United States, Canada, New Zealand, many African states, and every single one of the Western-hemisphere countries. The UK remained strangely aloof, as if wishing to avoid offending anyone.” Back in the U.S., Rep. Thomas Massie (R-KY) has been trying to get the PRIME Act passed for nearly 6 years, but feels he is beginning to make headway now. If passed, the PRIME Act will make it much easier for local farms to compete with the handful of big meat companies, by allowing safe, local processing options rather than a farmer having to travel for hours to a USDA-inspected processing facility. According to Rep. Massie, “Current law exempts custom slaughter of animals from federal inspection regulations, but only if the meat is slaughtered for personal, household, guest, and employee use (21 U.S.C. § 623(a)). This means that in order to sell individual cuts of locally raised meats to consumers, farmers and ranchers must first send their animals to one of a limited number of USDA-inspected slaughterhouses. These USDA-inspected slaughterhouses are sometimes hundreds of miles away from farms and ranches, adding substantial transportation costs and increasing the chances of locally raised meat co-mingling with industrially-produced meat. The PRIME Act would expand the current custom exemption and allow small farms, ranches, and slaughterhouses to thrive.” While the battle on meat continues, it’s important for everyone to do their due diligence when it comes to shopping for and purchasing meat. According to the USDA, in March they released a proposed rule with new regulatory requirements on those voluntary “Product of USA” labels, whereby the claim can only be used on meat, poultry and egg products if they are derived from animals that are born, raised, slaughtered and processed in the USA. So pay attention to the labels – on all food for that matter. There are some small farms that offer co-ops whereby several people can go in on the ownership of cattle and split the beef. There are also a handful of companies who ship bundles of beef. In either case, it’s always important to confirm how the cattle are raised and processed, and if they are given zilpaterol, antibiotics, hormones, or mRNA. Always support your local farmers, whether it be for meat, vegetables, fruit, raw milk, or other items. They are quite literally our key to survival, unless of course you are able to grow enough food and raise livestock to support your entire family on an annual basis. They deserve our support and respect. Corey’s Digs has done extensive research on an incredible, fully vertically integrated large ranching operation in the U.S. who controls their entire supply chain. It’s quite impressive. The cattle are all pasture raised on over 290,000 combined acres by their own mothers. This is a premium lineage of all Prime and High Choice, with the processing facility being right on the ranch, and the beef is aged for 21 days before shipping. Never ever zilpaterol, antibiotics, hormones, mRNA, or vaccines. They ship a variety of bundles monthly or every other month, along with individual added cuts, straight from the ranch to a customer’s home. The biggest difference is the taste – it’s amazing how delicious Prime beef is without all those toxins. The beef is exclusive to members through Shopping Club Freedom, which boasts hundreds of non toxic products that everyone uses in their daily lives, all of which are patented and produced by this same company right here in the U.S. It’s one heck of a solution to ensure access to healthy products and beef while sticking it to the globalists who want to rule everyone’s life, which is why Corey’s Digs has partnered with them and has been shopping there for over two years now. No one should let these madmen make choices for them or their families. Everyone should support U.S. farmers and ranchers, get behind Rep. Massie’s PRIME Act, and don’t buy the poison these globalists are selling. MAKE MEAT GREAT AGAIN! Subscribe to Corey’s Digs so you don’t miss a Dig! https://www.coreysdigs.com/food-supply-chain/make-meat-great-again-dont-let-the-globalists-pull-this-off/
    WWW.COREYSDIGS.COM
    Make Meat Great Again! Don’t Let The Globalists Pull This Off –...
    SOLUTION: It's time to make meat great again and stick it to the globalists. Here's how!
    0 Comments 0 Shares 3185 Views
  • How To Tell If Someone Is Controlled Opposition
    Every day in my article comments and social media I get people warning me that this or that journalist, activist or politician is “controlled opposition”, meaning someone who pretends to oppose the establishment while covertly serving it. These warnings usually come after I’ve shared or written about something a dissident figure has said or done, and are usually accompanied by an admonishment not to ever do so again lest I spread their malign influence. If you’ve been involved in any kind of anti-establishment activism for any length of time, you’ve probably encountered this yourself.

    Paranoia pervades dissident circles of all sorts, and it’s not entirely without merit, since establishment infiltration of political movements is the norm, not the exception. This article by Truthout documents multiple instances in which movements like the 1968 Chicago DNC protest and Peter Camejo’s 1976 anti-establishment presidential campaign were so heavily infiltrated by opaque government agencies that one out of every six people involved in them were secretly working for the feds. This trend of infiltration is known to have continued into the current day with movements like Occupy and Black Lives Matter, and we’d be ignorant not to assume that this has been at least as rampant in online circles where people organize and disseminate ideas and information.

    So it’s understandable that people are extremely vigilant about prominent figures in dissident circles, and it’s understandable that people feel paranoid. Over and over again we see shining anti-establishment movements fizzle or rendered impotent, often seemingly with the help of people we once trusted, and it’s hard not to get frustrated and become suspicious of anyone who starts shining bright in antiwar, leftist, or other dissident circles.

    The trouble with this paranoia and suspicion is that it doesn’t seem to function with any kind of intelligence. I have received such “controlled opposition” warnings about pretty much every prominent dissident figure in the English-speaking world at one time or another, and if I believed them all there’d be no one in the world whose words I could share or write about, including my own. I myself have been accused at different times of being a “plant” for the CIA, the Russians, Assad, the Chinese Communist Party, the Iranian mullahs, the alt-right, Trump, Pyongyang, and the Palestinians, which if all true would make me a very busy girl indeed. Since I know I’m not a plant for anybody, I know for myself that such accusations don’t come from a place of insight with any degree of reliability, and I’ve therefore had to find my own way to navigate this confusing landscape.

    So since I know that infiltration and manipulation happens, but I don’t find other people’s whisperings about “controlled opposition” useful, how do I figure out who’s trustworthy and who isn’t? How do I figure out who it’s safe to cite in my work and who to avoid? How do I separate the fool’s gold from the genuine article? The shit from the Shinola?

    Here is my answer: I don’t.

    I spend no mental energy whatsoever concerning myself with who may or may not be a secret pro-establishment influencer, and for good reason. There’s no way to know for sure if an individual is secretly scheming to sheep dog the populace into support for the status quo, and as long as government agencies remain opaque and unaccountable there will never be a way to know who might be secretly working for them. What I can know is (A) what I’ve learned about the world, (B) the ways the political/media class is lying about what I know about the world, and (C) when someone says something which highlights those lies. I therefore pay attention solely to the message, and no attention to what may or may not be the hidden underlying agenda of the messenger.

    In other words, if someone says something which disrupts establishment narratives, I help elevate what they’re saying in that specific instance. I do this not because I know that the speaker is legit and uncorrupted, but because their message in that moment is worthy of elevation. You can navigate the entire political/media landscape in this way.

    Since society is made of narrative and power ultimately rests in the hands of those who are able to control those narratives, it makes no sense to fixate on individuals and it makes perfect sense to focus on narrative. What narratives are being pushed by those in power? How are those narratives being disrupted, undermined and debunked by things that are being said by dissident voices? This is the most effective lens through which to view the battle against the unelected power establishment which is crushing us all to death, not some childish fixation on who should or shouldn’t be our hero.

    Have no heroes. Trust nobody but your own inner sense-maker. If someone says something that disrupts establishment narratives based on what you understand those narratives to be, go ahead and help throw what they’re saying into the gears of the machine. Don’t make a religion out of it, don’t get attached to it, just use it as a weapon to attack the narrative matrix.

    This by the way is also a useful lens to look through in spiritual development, if you’re into that sort of thing. When you enter spiritual circles concerned with enlightenment, you’ll see all sorts of debates about what teachers are really enlightened and which ones are just pretending, and these conversations mimic precisely the exact kinds of debates you’ll see in marginalized political circles about who’s the real deal and who’s controlled opposition. But the truth is there’s no way to know with certainty what’s going on in someone else’s head, and the best thing to do is to stop concerning yourself with who has and has not attained some special realization or whatever and just focus on what they’re saying. If a spiritual teacher says something which helps you notice something you’d never noticed before about consciousness or perception, then use what they said and maybe stick around to see if they have anything else useful to say. If not, move on.

    There’s no reason to worry about what journalists, activists and politicians are coming from a place of authenticity if you know yourself to be coming from a place of authenticity. As you learn more about the world and get better at distinguishing fact from narrative, you will get better and better at seeing the narrative matrix clearly, and you’ll come to see all the things that are being said about what’s going on in the world as weapons in the battle of narrative control. Pick up whatever weapons seem useful to you and use them in whatever ways they’ll be useful, without wasting energy concerning yourself with the individuals who created them. Call the bullshit what it is and use the truth for what it is.

    Or maybe I’m fulla shit! Maybe I myself am being paid to say these things by some powerful influencer; you can’t know for sure. All you can know is what’s useful for you. If you really find it useful to try and organize individual dissident figures into “hero” and “controlled opposition” boxes, if that genuinely helps you take apart the system that’s hurting us all, you’d know that better than I would. But if you find what I’m saying here useful, pick it up and add it to your toolbox.

    ______________________

    Thanks for reading! My articles are entirely reader-supported, so if you enjoyed this piece please consider sharing it around, liking me on Facebook, following my antics on Twitter, throwing some money into my hat on Patreon or Paypal, purchasing some of my sweet merchandise, buying my new book Rogue Nation: Psychonautical Adventures With Caitlin Johnstone, or my previous book Woke: A Field Guide for Utopia Preppers. The best way to get around the internet censors and make sure you see the stuff I publish is to subscribe to the mailing list for my website, which will get you an email notification for everything I publish.



    Bitcoin donations:1Ac7PCQXoQoLA9Sh8fhAgiU3PHA2EX5Zm2

    Liked it? Take a second to support Caitlin Johnstone on Patreon!

    Become a patron at Patreon!

    https://caitlinjohnstone.com/2019/02/11/how-to-tell-if-someone-is-controlled-opposition/
    How To Tell If Someone Is Controlled Opposition Every day in my article comments and social media I get people warning me that this or that journalist, activist or politician is “controlled opposition”, meaning someone who pretends to oppose the establishment while covertly serving it. These warnings usually come after I’ve shared or written about something a dissident figure has said or done, and are usually accompanied by an admonishment not to ever do so again lest I spread their malign influence. If you’ve been involved in any kind of anti-establishment activism for any length of time, you’ve probably encountered this yourself. Paranoia pervades dissident circles of all sorts, and it’s not entirely without merit, since establishment infiltration of political movements is the norm, not the exception. This article by Truthout documents multiple instances in which movements like the 1968 Chicago DNC protest and Peter Camejo’s 1976 anti-establishment presidential campaign were so heavily infiltrated by opaque government agencies that one out of every six people involved in them were secretly working for the feds. This trend of infiltration is known to have continued into the current day with movements like Occupy and Black Lives Matter, and we’d be ignorant not to assume that this has been at least as rampant in online circles where people organize and disseminate ideas and information. So it’s understandable that people are extremely vigilant about prominent figures in dissident circles, and it’s understandable that people feel paranoid. Over and over again we see shining anti-establishment movements fizzle or rendered impotent, often seemingly with the help of people we once trusted, and it’s hard not to get frustrated and become suspicious of anyone who starts shining bright in antiwar, leftist, or other dissident circles. The trouble with this paranoia and suspicion is that it doesn’t seem to function with any kind of intelligence. I have received such “controlled opposition” warnings about pretty much every prominent dissident figure in the English-speaking world at one time or another, and if I believed them all there’d be no one in the world whose words I could share or write about, including my own. I myself have been accused at different times of being a “plant” for the CIA, the Russians, Assad, the Chinese Communist Party, the Iranian mullahs, the alt-right, Trump, Pyongyang, and the Palestinians, which if all true would make me a very busy girl indeed. Since I know I’m not a plant for anybody, I know for myself that such accusations don’t come from a place of insight with any degree of reliability, and I’ve therefore had to find my own way to navigate this confusing landscape. So since I know that infiltration and manipulation happens, but I don’t find other people’s whisperings about “controlled opposition” useful, how do I figure out who’s trustworthy and who isn’t? How do I figure out who it’s safe to cite in my work and who to avoid? How do I separate the fool’s gold from the genuine article? The shit from the Shinola? Here is my answer: I don’t. I spend no mental energy whatsoever concerning myself with who may or may not be a secret pro-establishment influencer, and for good reason. There’s no way to know for sure if an individual is secretly scheming to sheep dog the populace into support for the status quo, and as long as government agencies remain opaque and unaccountable there will never be a way to know who might be secretly working for them. What I can know is (A) what I’ve learned about the world, (B) the ways the political/media class is lying about what I know about the world, and (C) when someone says something which highlights those lies. I therefore pay attention solely to the message, and no attention to what may or may not be the hidden underlying agenda of the messenger. In other words, if someone says something which disrupts establishment narratives, I help elevate what they’re saying in that specific instance. I do this not because I know that the speaker is legit and uncorrupted, but because their message in that moment is worthy of elevation. You can navigate the entire political/media landscape in this way. Since society is made of narrative and power ultimately rests in the hands of those who are able to control those narratives, it makes no sense to fixate on individuals and it makes perfect sense to focus on narrative. What narratives are being pushed by those in power? How are those narratives being disrupted, undermined and debunked by things that are being said by dissident voices? This is the most effective lens through which to view the battle against the unelected power establishment which is crushing us all to death, not some childish fixation on who should or shouldn’t be our hero. Have no heroes. Trust nobody but your own inner sense-maker. If someone says something that disrupts establishment narratives based on what you understand those narratives to be, go ahead and help throw what they’re saying into the gears of the machine. Don’t make a religion out of it, don’t get attached to it, just use it as a weapon to attack the narrative matrix. This by the way is also a useful lens to look through in spiritual development, if you’re into that sort of thing. When you enter spiritual circles concerned with enlightenment, you’ll see all sorts of debates about what teachers are really enlightened and which ones are just pretending, and these conversations mimic precisely the exact kinds of debates you’ll see in marginalized political circles about who’s the real deal and who’s controlled opposition. But the truth is there’s no way to know with certainty what’s going on in someone else’s head, and the best thing to do is to stop concerning yourself with who has and has not attained some special realization or whatever and just focus on what they’re saying. If a spiritual teacher says something which helps you notice something you’d never noticed before about consciousness or perception, then use what they said and maybe stick around to see if they have anything else useful to say. If not, move on. There’s no reason to worry about what journalists, activists and politicians are coming from a place of authenticity if you know yourself to be coming from a place of authenticity. As you learn more about the world and get better at distinguishing fact from narrative, you will get better and better at seeing the narrative matrix clearly, and you’ll come to see all the things that are being said about what’s going on in the world as weapons in the battle of narrative control. Pick up whatever weapons seem useful to you and use them in whatever ways they’ll be useful, without wasting energy concerning yourself with the individuals who created them. Call the bullshit what it is and use the truth for what it is. Or maybe I’m fulla shit! Maybe I myself am being paid to say these things by some powerful influencer; you can’t know for sure. All you can know is what’s useful for you. If you really find it useful to try and organize individual dissident figures into “hero” and “controlled opposition” boxes, if that genuinely helps you take apart the system that’s hurting us all, you’d know that better than I would. But if you find what I’m saying here useful, pick it up and add it to your toolbox. ______________________ Thanks for reading! My articles are entirely reader-supported, so if you enjoyed this piece please consider sharing it around, liking me on Facebook, following my antics on Twitter, throwing some money into my hat on Patreon or Paypal, purchasing some of my sweet merchandise, buying my new book Rogue Nation: Psychonautical Adventures With Caitlin Johnstone, or my previous book Woke: A Field Guide for Utopia Preppers. The best way to get around the internet censors and make sure you see the stuff I publish is to subscribe to the mailing list for my website, which will get you an email notification for everything I publish. Bitcoin donations:1Ac7PCQXoQoLA9Sh8fhAgiU3PHA2EX5Zm2 Liked it? Take a second to support Caitlin Johnstone on Patreon! Become a patron at Patreon! https://caitlinjohnstone.com/2019/02/11/how-to-tell-if-someone-is-controlled-opposition/
    CAITLINJOHNSTONE.COM
    How To Tell If Someone Is Controlled Opposition
    Every day in my article comments and social media I get people warning me that this or that journalist, activist or politician is “controlled opposition”, meaning someone who pretends t…
    0 Comments 0 Shares 2413 Views
  • Australian Hospital Lets 17 Year Old Girl Die Because She Wouldn't Take COVID Vaxxxine
    Involuntary euthanasia is still alive and well Down Under.

    Anthony Colpo

    The beautiful young lady you see above was Dazelle Peters, 17, of New South Wales, who refused to take the toxic and deadly COVID gene therapies masquerading as ‘vaccines.’

    Dazelle died in hospital on Monday, June 10, 2024 after a four-year battle with leukemia - and after she was refused a lung transplant by Australia’s callous health system.

    Whatever chance Dazelle had of surviving was scuttled by St Vincent’s Hospital in Sydney, who stated their “policies and guidelines wouldn’t support transplantation” of anyone who was unvaxxxinated.

    “Vaccination status against various infections is a critical part of this assessment in order to ensure optimal prospects of survival post-transplant.”

    St Vincent’s claimed other considerations were at play in Dazelle’s case, but confirmed not being vaxxxinated was one of them.

    After her bone marrow transplant, Dazelle suffered from graft-versus-host disease, where her body's immune system attacked the donor's blood cells. Dazelle was also battling a rare type of pneumonia.

    The hospital says being immunocompromised could further complicate a transplant procedure.

    Dazelle’s heartbreaking story is not unique in Auschtralia.

    No Jab, No Heart Transplant

    Melbourne mum Vicki Derderian was refused a heart transplant because she hadn’t received the COVID gene therapies – even though she had an exemption.

    Vicki’s heart failed in 2020, forcing her to rely on a ventricular assist device to keep blood pumping around her body.

    The mum of two, who insisted she was not an anti-vaxxer, had to “think twice” about the vaccine because of her heart condition. After the vaxxxines notched up a solid track record of causing myocarditis and pericarditis, she deemed them too risky.

    She slammed Victoria's Department of Health and Human Services for denying her the lifesaving surgery, saying she’d effectively been told “no jab, no heart”.


    Vicki Derderian in hospital.
    On Channel 9’s Today Show, former Deputy Chief Heath Officer, Dr Nick “Captain Botox” Coatsworth, claimed he empathized with Vicki’s case, but he “stands by the rules.”

    Aussie bureaucrats love standing by the rules, no matter how stupid and unjust those rules may be - after all, they need something to help them stand upright given their complete lack of spine, and they desperately need guidelines to mindlessly follow in the face of zero courage and critical thinking skills.

    “From a transplant physicians point of view … the biggest risk to you when we hit your immune system like that if you get COVID-19 without having the vaccine, then there's a really significant risk that you'll die and that organ will die with you,” the clueless Coatsworth told the Today Show.

    “And we don't want that to happen to you and we certainly don't want it to happen to the family whose made that sacred donation. So it is such a complex area. I don't envy your decision, but I do stand by the rules of the transplant physicians have made here.”

    Today Show host Karl Stefanovic interjected.

    “So Nick, doctors are now deciding not to treat someone because of the chance of getting COVID-19 in a hospital, are we stopping treating people now?”

    “On the contrary Karl,” Coatsworth retorted. “This is an active treatment decision by the medical community. This hasn't changed during COVID-19.”

    Today Show host Karl Stefanovic crosses his arms as he questions Dr Nick Coatsworth
    Karl Stefanovic questioned Nick Coatsworth about the controversial decision. Source: Today Show
    “I know there's a lot of greys in Covid-19 Karl, a lot of greys … This is black and white. Unfortunately, we have to try and convince people like Vicki and John, we've got to do our best to convince them. If we fail ultimately that means the organ isn't transplanted.”

    He urged Vicki to reconsider getting the vaccine, falsely claiming the risk of complications from the cardiotoxic gene therapies was “very, very small compared to everything that you've been through so far.”

    “But from my heart, I hope that you will be able to work with them and perhaps receive that vaccine. If I was in your position I'd receive it because I think it's the safest thing to do. I think it's the safest thing to do. I know you don't agree with me. I respect that decision. But please, please reconsider.”

    Vicki stood her ground and said if she were to contract COVID, there are treatments available to deal with it.

    According to Vicki, prior to the COVID vaxxx rollout Melbourne’s Alfred Hospital “were positive and indicated that I would be a suitable candidate for a heart transplant.”

    That suddenly changed after the poison darts were unleashed.

    “Despite no Government mandates for transplant patients and the Alfred’s own hospital policy (that says it does not discriminate between the vaccinated and unvaccinated) the Alfred Heart Centre team made it clear to me by September 2021 that I would not receive a heart, unless I get the Covid-19 vaccination.”

    Follow the Science: Why Nick Coatsworth, St Vincent’s and the Alfred are Spewing Utter Hogwash

    Nick Coatsworth and the aforementioned hospitals are all spouting utter nonsense.

    Vicki was originally diagnosed in 2015 with myocarditis which progressed to cardiomyopathy. The causal connection between the COVID gene therapies and myocarditis is now well-established. Even the Australian government’s best efforts at weasel-wording (“Not all cases that occur after vaccination are caused by the vaccine”) acknowledges that most cases of myocarditis occurring after vaxxxination are caused by the vaxxx.

    So what Coatsworth was saying, with a shamelessly straight face, is that taking a drug known to increase the risk of myocarditis and sudden death is “the safest thing” Vicki can do and that it poses a “very, very small” risk to her.

    How do you sleep at night, Nick?

    The vaxxxines are undeniably toxic and potentially deadly. So if vaxxxination status is going to be a factor in determining who gets a transplant, Dazelle and Vicki should by all rights have received preferential treatment.

    In the clinical trial for the Pfizer vaxxxine, more people died in the vaxxx group than in the control group. And that was despite ample evidence of Pfizer’s renowned corruption and concerted efforts to hide adverse vaxxx events.

    Here is NSW Health’s December 31, 2022 update on 'COVID' hospitalizations and deaths in Australia’s most populous state. The figures for those who had zero clot shots are highlighted in yellow, near the bottom:


    Zero hospitalizations, zero ICU admissions, and only 6 fatalities (6.3%) among the unvaxxxinated that NSW Health could reclassify as ‘COVID’ deaths.

    Which is no doubt why NSW Health no longer provides a breakdown of deaths by vaxxx status. It’s a bit hard to keep claiming the vaxxx saves lives when the data shows otherwise.

    Surprise, Surprise: The Vaxxxines Cause Organ Rejection

    Among the 1,200+ side effects and 42,086 adverse events reported to Pfizer in the first two months of its vaxxxine rollout was “Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.”

    Probably not a good drug to be giving to someone suffering organ failure.

    I’m not sure if Coatsworth reads journals, or whether his idea of medical research is reading cosmetic clinic brochures, but numerous case studies have been published indicating the vaxxxines increase the risk of organ rejection.

    A case study published in April of 2022 revealed some lung transplant patients who had received mRNA COVID vaxxxines ended up developing “new and significant respiratory compromise after their second vaccine dose consistent with antibody mediated rejection.” All patients were female, 50-70 years old, between 6 months and 2 years post-transplant. None had suffered previous rejection episodes. However, two were hospitalized with hypoxic respiratory failure within 2 weeks of their second vaxxxine dose. The third was seen at clinic for milder similar symptoms, later deteriorating and requiring supplemental oxygen and hospitalization. One of these patients did not recover their lung function and was re-listed for transplant.

    Japanese researchers analysed eighteen lung transplant recipients who received 2 doses of either the Pfizer (17) or Moderna (1) gene therapies between June and October 2021. None of the recipients had a 'Sars-Cov-2' infection prior to vaxxxination. Antibodies for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 spike protein were measured, and were detected in 2 of 18 patients after the first dose, and 5 patients after the second dose. The two patients who suffered chronic lung allograft dysfunction or antibody-mediated injection were both seropositive. The researchers concluded, “We experienced cases that developed clinical CLAD or AMR that was likely related to SARS-CoV-2 vaccination.”

    In an August 21, 2021 NEJM letter, French researchers reported on transplant patients who had received three doses of the Pfizer gene therapy. Over three quarters of the patients had kidney transplants. They claimed there were no serious adverse events among the patients, but the study’s appendix reveals 10 patients who were seropositive before the third dose presented with fatigue and myalgia, while five patients presented transient fever.

    Once again, there is no evidence COVID vaxxxination helps transplant patients; the research so far indicates the exact opposite.

    The no vaxxx, no transplant rule has nothing to do with patient welfare. It is designed to punish and eliminate those who refuse to be injected with the globalist kill shots.

    The Hypocrite Oath: First, Do Harm to Dissidents

    Dazelle's father, Josh Peters, who has also shunned the toxic COVID shots, said a surgeon told his daughter if she did not get the jabs and then caught the virus she would be a “major threat to everyone (in the hospital) who has done the right thing.”

    Mindlessly obeying a bunch of globalist-controlled deviants when they tell you to take poisonous substances is never the “right thing.”

    “The way he made us feel was that they didn't want to give her the lung transplant,” Josh told Daily Mail Australia.

    Josh said during a May 9 consultation at St Vincent's the surgeon said the hospital would give the lungs to a better candidate because Dazelle was a “complex case.”

    Josh insisted his family did everything to make Dazelle a suitable candidate for a transplant, except get the four gene therapy shots which would have taken nine months to administer.

    'Vaccines are only a small part of the process to get a lung transplant," Josh said.

    "They are a Catholic hospital. They have all taken an oath to help people and take care of people and do the right thing by people."

    "Who deems that she doesn't deserve a chance over anybody else?"

    "This is no game. This child is f***ing sick man," said Josh while Dazelle was still fighting for her life.

    Josh said doctors told them Dazelle always “gets the worst of the worst of side effects,” and this strengthened her resolve not to get the shots.

    “That's another reason she personally, not us, doesn't want to get the shots. Her heart's not good, her kidney's not good, her liver's not good, she's a mess,” he said.

    Josh rejected the label he and his family were 'anti-vaxxers.'

    "Our children have had every single vaccination that they are meant to have," he said.

    "We even got the flu shots right up until Covid started hitting."

    Before her diagnosis, Josh said she was "a very, very healthy energetic child."

    "She was right into her sport, everybody loved her, lots of friends. Before she got sick she had barely taken a Panadol in her life."

    "Just a down-to-earth kid. We never had any problems, everyone loved her."

    Dazelle was lucky to pull through her May 2021 bone marrow transplant.

    "After the operation she became unresponsive and slipped into a coma," Josh said.

    "Why would you deny her a lung transplant when she has fought so hard to get where she is?"

    "Dazelle has been on her deathbed and been given the gift of a second chance. She's a special child."


    Dazelle's case was brought to the attention of the Federal Assistant Health Minister Ged Kearney in a letter addressed to her by outspoken Liberal MP Russell Broadbent.

    Kearney advised "the Australian Government is unable to intervene in clinical decisions."

    Translated: "The Australian government only acts in the interests of itself, its corporate benefactors, and its globalist masters. The general public can go f**k itself!"

    The Australian Government was more than able to declare a tyrannical health 'emergency' over a non-existent virus whose alleged victims in fact lived past the average life expectancy.

    It was able to slam the nation's borders shut and turn the entire country back into an open air prison for over 2 years. It was more than happy to stop people returning or leaving the country in order to see dying loved ones.

    The Australian government was quite capable of ordering 150 million doses of COVID vaxxxines - including 54 million doses of the ill-fated Oxford-AstraZeneca clot shot - for a country whose population was yet to crack 26 million. This indicates the Australian grubberment knew well ahead of time the vaxxxine regimen was not really a 2-shot deal, but an ongoing multi-injection ruse comprised of endless ‘boosters.’

    It had the power to mandate that anyone testing positive for the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 via the highly flawed PCR tests had to sit in isolation for five days, even if entirely asymptomatic.

    Yet we are now supposed to believe the Australian federal government is powerless to lean on a hospital when it imposes a cruel and utterly anti-scientific ban on transplants for sick and vulnerable constituents who refuse to get the poison prick?

    Bullshit.

    Funny how both the hopelessly corrupt federal and state governments only apply this strict, by-the-book interpretation of law when it suits them. They routinely award lucrative contracts to favored suppliers, who deliberately overcharge for their services on the behind-the-scenes agreement that much of the excess will be ‘donated’ back to the ruling party or issued in the form of hard-to-trace ‘gifts’ to individual politicians and their families.

    In this manner, Australian taxpayer funds are routinely converted to private wealth for politicians and high-ranking bureaucrats.

    Dazelle Passes Away

    Dazelle passed away just under a fortnight ago, on June 10, 2024, leaving family and friends heartbroken.

    Josh confirmed the terribly sad news in an video uploaded to several social media platforms.

    He thanked everyone who sent messages of support to Dazelle during her lengthy cancer fight, sparking an outpouring of tributes.

    “Just know that Dazelle knew how much you all loved her,” he said.

    “This kid was something special and she deserved better.”

    Hundreds of people took to social media to remember Dazelle and express their sympathy.

    Among those touched by Dazelle’s plight was Australian pro boxer George Kambosos Jr, who met Dazelle in hospital and shared an emotional post on X.

    “RIP, beautiful Dazelle. My deepest condolences to her family. Heaven gained a beautiful angel. Dazelle, you'll never be forgotten, an inspiration to everyone you ever met. God bless your parents, that were by your side when you finally spread your wings. Life can be cruel,” he wrote.


    Two brave fighters meet.
    The (Shit)Show Goes On

    While Dazelle's family and friends grieve her cruel passing, and while Vicki’s time is running out, the plastic-looking Coatsworth has left politics and is now enjoying TV celebrity status, reaping the financial and publicity rewards of appearing in a new Channel 9 reality series titled "Do You Want To Live Forever?"

    I get the feeling Coatsworth doesn't want any of us anti-vaxxxers to live another day, let alone forever.


    The clueless Nick Coatsworth, now laughably starring in an Australian reality TV show that promises to help participants live longer.
    A GoFundMe to help Dazelle’s family pay for her funeral costs can be found here:

    Help Support Dazelle’s Family With Funeral Costs

    If you wish to help Vicki Derderian out with her medical expenses, her DonorBox fundraiser can be found here:

    HEART4VICKI

    Share

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-145883037
    Australian Hospital Lets 17 Year Old Girl Die Because She Wouldn't Take COVID Vaxxxine Involuntary euthanasia is still alive and well Down Under. Anthony Colpo The beautiful young lady you see above was Dazelle Peters, 17, of New South Wales, who refused to take the toxic and deadly COVID gene therapies masquerading as ‘vaccines.’ Dazelle died in hospital on Monday, June 10, 2024 after a four-year battle with leukemia - and after she was refused a lung transplant by Australia’s callous health system. Whatever chance Dazelle had of surviving was scuttled by St Vincent’s Hospital in Sydney, who stated their “policies and guidelines wouldn’t support transplantation” of anyone who was unvaxxxinated. “Vaccination status against various infections is a critical part of this assessment in order to ensure optimal prospects of survival post-transplant.” St Vincent’s claimed other considerations were at play in Dazelle’s case, but confirmed not being vaxxxinated was one of them. After her bone marrow transplant, Dazelle suffered from graft-versus-host disease, where her body's immune system attacked the donor's blood cells. Dazelle was also battling a rare type of pneumonia. The hospital says being immunocompromised could further complicate a transplant procedure. Dazelle’s heartbreaking story is not unique in Auschtralia. No Jab, No Heart Transplant Melbourne mum Vicki Derderian was refused a heart transplant because she hadn’t received the COVID gene therapies – even though she had an exemption. Vicki’s heart failed in 2020, forcing her to rely on a ventricular assist device to keep blood pumping around her body. The mum of two, who insisted she was not an anti-vaxxer, had to “think twice” about the vaccine because of her heart condition. After the vaxxxines notched up a solid track record of causing myocarditis and pericarditis, she deemed them too risky. She slammed Victoria's Department of Health and Human Services for denying her the lifesaving surgery, saying she’d effectively been told “no jab, no heart”. Vicki Derderian in hospital. On Channel 9’s Today Show, former Deputy Chief Heath Officer, Dr Nick “Captain Botox” Coatsworth, claimed he empathized with Vicki’s case, but he “stands by the rules.” Aussie bureaucrats love standing by the rules, no matter how stupid and unjust those rules may be - after all, they need something to help them stand upright given their complete lack of spine, and they desperately need guidelines to mindlessly follow in the face of zero courage and critical thinking skills. “From a transplant physicians point of view … the biggest risk to you when we hit your immune system like that if you get COVID-19 without having the vaccine, then there's a really significant risk that you'll die and that organ will die with you,” the clueless Coatsworth told the Today Show. “And we don't want that to happen to you and we certainly don't want it to happen to the family whose made that sacred donation. So it is such a complex area. I don't envy your decision, but I do stand by the rules of the transplant physicians have made here.” Today Show host Karl Stefanovic interjected. “So Nick, doctors are now deciding not to treat someone because of the chance of getting COVID-19 in a hospital, are we stopping treating people now?” “On the contrary Karl,” Coatsworth retorted. “This is an active treatment decision by the medical community. This hasn't changed during COVID-19.” Today Show host Karl Stefanovic crosses his arms as he questions Dr Nick Coatsworth Karl Stefanovic questioned Nick Coatsworth about the controversial decision. Source: Today Show “I know there's a lot of greys in Covid-19 Karl, a lot of greys … This is black and white. Unfortunately, we have to try and convince people like Vicki and John, we've got to do our best to convince them. If we fail ultimately that means the organ isn't transplanted.” He urged Vicki to reconsider getting the vaccine, falsely claiming the risk of complications from the cardiotoxic gene therapies was “very, very small compared to everything that you've been through so far.” “But from my heart, I hope that you will be able to work with them and perhaps receive that vaccine. If I was in your position I'd receive it because I think it's the safest thing to do. I think it's the safest thing to do. I know you don't agree with me. I respect that decision. But please, please reconsider.” Vicki stood her ground and said if she were to contract COVID, there are treatments available to deal with it. According to Vicki, prior to the COVID vaxxx rollout Melbourne’s Alfred Hospital “were positive and indicated that I would be a suitable candidate for a heart transplant.” That suddenly changed after the poison darts were unleashed. “Despite no Government mandates for transplant patients and the Alfred’s own hospital policy (that says it does not discriminate between the vaccinated and unvaccinated) the Alfred Heart Centre team made it clear to me by September 2021 that I would not receive a heart, unless I get the Covid-19 vaccination.” Follow the Science: Why Nick Coatsworth, St Vincent’s and the Alfred are Spewing Utter Hogwash Nick Coatsworth and the aforementioned hospitals are all spouting utter nonsense. Vicki was originally diagnosed in 2015 with myocarditis which progressed to cardiomyopathy. The causal connection between the COVID gene therapies and myocarditis is now well-established. Even the Australian government’s best efforts at weasel-wording (“Not all cases that occur after vaccination are caused by the vaccine”) acknowledges that most cases of myocarditis occurring after vaxxxination are caused by the vaxxx. So what Coatsworth was saying, with a shamelessly straight face, is that taking a drug known to increase the risk of myocarditis and sudden death is “the safest thing” Vicki can do and that it poses a “very, very small” risk to her. How do you sleep at night, Nick? The vaxxxines are undeniably toxic and potentially deadly. So if vaxxxination status is going to be a factor in determining who gets a transplant, Dazelle and Vicki should by all rights have received preferential treatment. In the clinical trial for the Pfizer vaxxxine, more people died in the vaxxx group than in the control group. And that was despite ample evidence of Pfizer’s renowned corruption and concerted efforts to hide adverse vaxxx events. Here is NSW Health’s December 31, 2022 update on 'COVID' hospitalizations and deaths in Australia’s most populous state. The figures for those who had zero clot shots are highlighted in yellow, near the bottom: Zero hospitalizations, zero ICU admissions, and only 6 fatalities (6.3%) among the unvaxxxinated that NSW Health could reclassify as ‘COVID’ deaths. Which is no doubt why NSW Health no longer provides a breakdown of deaths by vaxxx status. It’s a bit hard to keep claiming the vaxxx saves lives when the data shows otherwise. Surprise, Surprise: The Vaxxxines Cause Organ Rejection Among the 1,200+ side effects and 42,086 adverse events reported to Pfizer in the first two months of its vaxxxine rollout was “Multiple organ dysfunction syndrome.” Probably not a good drug to be giving to someone suffering organ failure. I’m not sure if Coatsworth reads journals, or whether his idea of medical research is reading cosmetic clinic brochures, but numerous case studies have been published indicating the vaxxxines increase the risk of organ rejection. A case study published in April of 2022 revealed some lung transplant patients who had received mRNA COVID vaxxxines ended up developing “new and significant respiratory compromise after their second vaccine dose consistent with antibody mediated rejection.” All patients were female, 50-70 years old, between 6 months and 2 years post-transplant. None had suffered previous rejection episodes. However, two were hospitalized with hypoxic respiratory failure within 2 weeks of their second vaxxxine dose. The third was seen at clinic for milder similar symptoms, later deteriorating and requiring supplemental oxygen and hospitalization. One of these patients did not recover their lung function and was re-listed for transplant. Japanese researchers analysed eighteen lung transplant recipients who received 2 doses of either the Pfizer (17) or Moderna (1) gene therapies between June and October 2021. None of the recipients had a 'Sars-Cov-2' infection prior to vaxxxination. Antibodies for the mythical Sars-Cov-2 spike protein were measured, and were detected in 2 of 18 patients after the first dose, and 5 patients after the second dose. The two patients who suffered chronic lung allograft dysfunction or antibody-mediated injection were both seropositive. The researchers concluded, “We experienced cases that developed clinical CLAD or AMR that was likely related to SARS-CoV-2 vaccination.” In an August 21, 2021 NEJM letter, French researchers reported on transplant patients who had received three doses of the Pfizer gene therapy. Over three quarters of the patients had kidney transplants. They claimed there were no serious adverse events among the patients, but the study’s appendix reveals 10 patients who were seropositive before the third dose presented with fatigue and myalgia, while five patients presented transient fever. Once again, there is no evidence COVID vaxxxination helps transplant patients; the research so far indicates the exact opposite. The no vaxxx, no transplant rule has nothing to do with patient welfare. It is designed to punish and eliminate those who refuse to be injected with the globalist kill shots. The Hypocrite Oath: First, Do Harm to Dissidents Dazelle's father, Josh Peters, who has also shunned the toxic COVID shots, said a surgeon told his daughter if she did not get the jabs and then caught the virus she would be a “major threat to everyone (in the hospital) who has done the right thing.” Mindlessly obeying a bunch of globalist-controlled deviants when they tell you to take poisonous substances is never the “right thing.” “The way he made us feel was that they didn't want to give her the lung transplant,” Josh told Daily Mail Australia. Josh said during a May 9 consultation at St Vincent's the surgeon said the hospital would give the lungs to a better candidate because Dazelle was a “complex case.” Josh insisted his family did everything to make Dazelle a suitable candidate for a transplant, except get the four gene therapy shots which would have taken nine months to administer. 'Vaccines are only a small part of the process to get a lung transplant," Josh said. "They are a Catholic hospital. They have all taken an oath to help people and take care of people and do the right thing by people." "Who deems that she doesn't deserve a chance over anybody else?" "This is no game. This child is f***ing sick man," said Josh while Dazelle was still fighting for her life. Josh said doctors told them Dazelle always “gets the worst of the worst of side effects,” and this strengthened her resolve not to get the shots. “That's another reason she personally, not us, doesn't want to get the shots. Her heart's not good, her kidney's not good, her liver's not good, she's a mess,” he said. Josh rejected the label he and his family were 'anti-vaxxers.' "Our children have had every single vaccination that they are meant to have," he said. "We even got the flu shots right up until Covid started hitting." Before her diagnosis, Josh said she was "a very, very healthy energetic child." "She was right into her sport, everybody loved her, lots of friends. Before she got sick she had barely taken a Panadol in her life." "Just a down-to-earth kid. We never had any problems, everyone loved her." Dazelle was lucky to pull through her May 2021 bone marrow transplant. "After the operation she became unresponsive and slipped into a coma," Josh said. "Why would you deny her a lung transplant when she has fought so hard to get where she is?" "Dazelle has been on her deathbed and been given the gift of a second chance. She's a special child." Dazelle's case was brought to the attention of the Federal Assistant Health Minister Ged Kearney in a letter addressed to her by outspoken Liberal MP Russell Broadbent. Kearney advised "the Australian Government is unable to intervene in clinical decisions." Translated: "The Australian government only acts in the interests of itself, its corporate benefactors, and its globalist masters. The general public can go f**k itself!" The Australian Government was more than able to declare a tyrannical health 'emergency' over a non-existent virus whose alleged victims in fact lived past the average life expectancy. It was able to slam the nation's borders shut and turn the entire country back into an open air prison for over 2 years. It was more than happy to stop people returning or leaving the country in order to see dying loved ones. The Australian government was quite capable of ordering 150 million doses of COVID vaxxxines - including 54 million doses of the ill-fated Oxford-AstraZeneca clot shot - for a country whose population was yet to crack 26 million. This indicates the Australian grubberment knew well ahead of time the vaxxxine regimen was not really a 2-shot deal, but an ongoing multi-injection ruse comprised of endless ‘boosters.’ It had the power to mandate that anyone testing positive for the non-existent Sars-Cov-2 via the highly flawed PCR tests had to sit in isolation for five days, even if entirely asymptomatic. Yet we are now supposed to believe the Australian federal government is powerless to lean on a hospital when it imposes a cruel and utterly anti-scientific ban on transplants for sick and vulnerable constituents who refuse to get the poison prick? Bullshit. Funny how both the hopelessly corrupt federal and state governments only apply this strict, by-the-book interpretation of law when it suits them. They routinely award lucrative contracts to favored suppliers, who deliberately overcharge for their services on the behind-the-scenes agreement that much of the excess will be ‘donated’ back to the ruling party or issued in the form of hard-to-trace ‘gifts’ to individual politicians and their families. In this manner, Australian taxpayer funds are routinely converted to private wealth for politicians and high-ranking bureaucrats. Dazelle Passes Away Dazelle passed away just under a fortnight ago, on June 10, 2024, leaving family and friends heartbroken. Josh confirmed the terribly sad news in an video uploaded to several social media platforms. He thanked everyone who sent messages of support to Dazelle during her lengthy cancer fight, sparking an outpouring of tributes. “Just know that Dazelle knew how much you all loved her,” he said. “This kid was something special and she deserved better.” Hundreds of people took to social media to remember Dazelle and express their sympathy. Among those touched by Dazelle’s plight was Australian pro boxer George Kambosos Jr, who met Dazelle in hospital and shared an emotional post on X. “RIP, beautiful Dazelle. My deepest condolences to her family. Heaven gained a beautiful angel. Dazelle, you'll never be forgotten, an inspiration to everyone you ever met. God bless your parents, that were by your side when you finally spread your wings. Life can be cruel,” he wrote. Two brave fighters meet. The (Shit)Show Goes On While Dazelle's family and friends grieve her cruel passing, and while Vicki’s time is running out, the plastic-looking Coatsworth has left politics and is now enjoying TV celebrity status, reaping the financial and publicity rewards of appearing in a new Channel 9 reality series titled "Do You Want To Live Forever?" I get the feeling Coatsworth doesn't want any of us anti-vaxxxers to live another day, let alone forever. The clueless Nick Coatsworth, now laughably starring in an Australian reality TV show that promises to help participants live longer. A GoFundMe to help Dazelle’s family pay for her funeral costs can be found here: Help Support Dazelle’s Family With Funeral Costs If you wish to help Vicki Derderian out with her medical expenses, her DonorBox fundraiser can be found here: HEART4VICKI Share https://substack.com/home/post/p-145883037
    0 Comments 0 Shares 4844 Views
  • Gaza losses push Israel to extend mandatory army service to 36 months
    Israeli forces suffer from manpower shortages after ten months of fighting the Hamas armed wing, the Qassam Brigades, in Gaza

    News Desk

    Ministers in Israel’s Security Cabinet voted to extend mandatory military service to 36 months, citing manpower shortages caused by losses suffered in the war on Gaza, Ynet reported on 12 July.

    The decision will be presented for government approval on Sunday and later submitted for Knesset legislation.

    The extension to 36 months will last for eight years, after which it will be reduced to 32 months again, depending on security conditions.

    Compulsory military service was reduced from 36 months to 32 months in 2014, but the Israeli army needs additional manpower after suffering significant losses in 10 months of battling fighters from Hamas’ armed wing, the Qassam Brigades.

    Despite successfully destroying large swathes of Gaza and killing tens of thousands of Palestinian civilians, the Israeli military has not been able to defeat Hamas and dismantle its fighting brigades.

    Ynet notes that since 7 October, the Qassam Brigades have killed hundreds of Israeli soldiers and injured thousands more who are not expected to return to the battlefield.

    Defense Minister Yoav Gallant has emphasized the need for more soldiers in recent weeks, including from among Israel’s ultra-Orthodox (Haredi) Jewish population.

    On Tuesday, Gallant announced that the military will begin drafting Haredi men starting next month. The ultra-Orthodox community has strongly resisted being drafted into the army, stating that the religious study of the Torah takes precedence over fighting for the state.

    Israelis who do serve in the army have become increasingly critical of the Haredi since the start of the war in October, saying they do not share the burden of defending Israel.

    The ultra-Orthodox were legally exempt from the draft as long as they were enrolled to study at a religious seminary, a yeshiva, rather than working. In practice, ultra-Orthodox men have received exemptions even if they were not studying.

    However, Israel’s High Court ruled last month that there was no longer any legal basis to exempt Haredi yeshiva students from mandatory military service. The attorney general ordered the government to immediately begin the conscription process for 3,000 Haredi men of the roughly 63,000 now eligible for the draft.

    https://thecradle.co/articles-id/25904
    Gaza losses push Israel to extend mandatory army service to 36 months Israeli forces suffer from manpower shortages after ten months of fighting the Hamas armed wing, the Qassam Brigades, in Gaza News Desk Ministers in Israel’s Security Cabinet voted to extend mandatory military service to 36 months, citing manpower shortages caused by losses suffered in the war on Gaza, Ynet reported on 12 July. The decision will be presented for government approval on Sunday and later submitted for Knesset legislation. The extension to 36 months will last for eight years, after which it will be reduced to 32 months again, depending on security conditions. Compulsory military service was reduced from 36 months to 32 months in 2014, but the Israeli army needs additional manpower after suffering significant losses in 10 months of battling fighters from Hamas’ armed wing, the Qassam Brigades. Despite successfully destroying large swathes of Gaza and killing tens of thousands of Palestinian civilians, the Israeli military has not been able to defeat Hamas and dismantle its fighting brigades. Ynet notes that since 7 October, the Qassam Brigades have killed hundreds of Israeli soldiers and injured thousands more who are not expected to return to the battlefield. Defense Minister Yoav Gallant has emphasized the need for more soldiers in recent weeks, including from among Israel’s ultra-Orthodox (Haredi) Jewish population. On Tuesday, Gallant announced that the military will begin drafting Haredi men starting next month. The ultra-Orthodox community has strongly resisted being drafted into the army, stating that the religious study of the Torah takes precedence over fighting for the state. Israelis who do serve in the army have become increasingly critical of the Haredi since the start of the war in October, saying they do not share the burden of defending Israel. The ultra-Orthodox were legally exempt from the draft as long as they were enrolled to study at a religious seminary, a yeshiva, rather than working. In practice, ultra-Orthodox men have received exemptions even if they were not studying. However, Israel’s High Court ruled last month that there was no longer any legal basis to exempt Haredi yeshiva students from mandatory military service. The attorney general ordered the government to immediately begin the conscription process for 3,000 Haredi men of the roughly 63,000 now eligible for the draft. https://thecradle.co/articles-id/25904
    THECRADLE.CO
    Gaza losses push Israel to extend mandatory army service to 36 months
    Israeli forces suffer from manpower shortages after ten months of fighting the Hamas armed wing, the Qassam Brigades, in Gaza
    0 Comments 0 Shares 740 Views
  • Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media
    August 10, 2017

    Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc…

    (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar’ from ‘Ashtar Command’ as that is a huge psyop and is associated with Cobra. I am referring to Cobra from the website ‘The Portal’)

    Interestingly, this article leads to Fake Terrorism, North Korea, Zionists and Israel.

    Anyway, here are some of my thoughts on Controlled Opposition in the alternative media (A hint: It’s everywhere!)

    Introduction

    It can be very disheartening when you are awakening to what is happening in the world – as when you really do your research and become informed you realize that most of these prominent ‘players’ in the alternative media are Controlled Opposition. And I have been shocked about the amount of Controlled Opposition operatives and Gatekeepers there are – and how hard people will push unsubstantiated claims. An example for you: Alex Jones and InfoWars is perhaps the most obvious controlled opposition operation going.

    We also have David Icke and Jordan Maxwell who are also Controlled Opposition… ‘what?’ you say … ‘some of their videos woke me up’, etc…. (they initially helped me as well) But, yep, it seems to be the Zionists and Freemasons putting people in place to get you to rely on them – so they give you some truth to draw you in and then some carefully selected disinfo and then also failing to include some pieces of important information. Just like all Controlled Opposition. The alternative media is a minefield. (Both these guys appear on the Richie Allen show – Richie Allen is controlled opposition. And David Icke even appears on the shill Alex Jones’s show!) There are certain things they are not telling us. Particularly about the Real Truth about Fake Terror Events, the Freemasons, Hitler, The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP), The Second World War, etc. The Zionists et al like to try and control every stage of awakening – and there are different levels of awakening. David Icke has appeared on mainstream television at least three times in the UK! People who know about the depths of global conspiracy know that the Zionists wont allow someone to appear on mainstream TV if they don’t want them to. I am not saying these people don’t have some legitimate information, but you must research beyond them, they are limited – and they are manipulators and givers of half-truths.

    (David Icke promotes getting rid of racial and cultural identity, as well as getting rid of any religious beliefs – and generally promotes letting go of having a strong identity. This is exactly what these Freemasonic Zionist Talmudic Elites want! We are much easier to control and manipulate when we let go of racial, cultural and religious identity – humans are much more passive when they don’t have these identifications. This is why Icke never exposes ‘The Kalergi Plan’ and certain parts of ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’. He promotes this idea that only way to repel these forces of darkness is to focus on ‘infinite love’, that, ‘everything, everything, everything else is an illusion!’ This is an obvious pacifying psyop and a manipulation. This ‘just focusing on love’ will not save us from the Satanic Zionist New World Order. Knowledge, critical thinking, practical solutions and taking action is what is needed. Icke does twelve hour shows and writes many huge books, but most of it is distraction and deflection – and real practical solutions are not offered by him… and again, just focusing on love is not a solution, it is a pacifying psyop. He is obvious controlled opposition. David Icke subtly promotes Cultural Marxism, which is extremely damaging to Humanity.)

    The UFO community, in particular, can be incredibly naive and get distracted and carried away with the fantastical ET stories that give them some hope. I am not going to say that I haven’t been a little caught up with someone’s information until I realised it to be coming from someone who was clearly Controlled Opposition. But then eventually you see some of the agendas behind the operation – and see the disinfo they put out. When you go far down the rabbit hole it can all get little scary and something within you is looking for some ‘hopium’ ie – ‘there must be some good guys down here fighting back’, then these people come forward and say I have an ‘insider that I know’, or ‘I am an insider’ – and often they come with statements or firm predictions of change – ie: everything will change this year in the fall of 2016, or you will see great changes in this most of this year etc. These people are really just there to disempower you, pacify you, distract you and feed you bits of disinfo.

    I particularly research the extraterrestrial and ‘Milab’ phenomenon because of my various and numerous experiences – i.e ET abductions and memories returning of times spent in some sort of secret otherworldly operations and becoming lucid during some of these missions / abductions. I have an article on this website describing my experiences. But I also research many other facets of the global conspiracy. Particularly all the fake terrorism and fake shootings – all the nonsense that the Freemasons and Zionists set up – the staged drills that are passed of as real. You cannot understand what is going on on this planet if you do not understand that all these terrorism events are Fake and Set Up by the Freemasons and Zionists – as I said earlier, they are usually drills passed off as real using paid crisis actors – and sometimes they even use CGI in them. (I should clarify that when I mention the Freemasons I am mainly taking about the 33rd degree Masons and above, the lower levels are oblivious of the true purpose of Freemasonry.)

    Link to Article: False Flags – Fake Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists

    Anyway, throughout history Controlled Opposition has been used to control the masses. It catches people like a net, holds onto them for a while, distracts then, gives them some truth and also carefully selected pieces of disinfo. The people who are in charge of this planet employ this all the time.

    “A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries.”

    Notably Vladimir Lenin said:
    “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.”

    Below are my perspectives on various people I have come across in my research – I hope I inspire others to think critically and to question all these so called ‘insiders’ – and for people to get an idea of how Controlled Opposition works.

    Corey Goode, David Wilcock, Cobra, Fulford, Snowden – and others

    Some obvious Controlled Opposition within, or related to, the UFO field of research is: David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Cobra (the portal), Benjamin Fulford, Simon Parkes (Parkes fairly recently appeared on mainstream TV here in England, this should send up red flags for you, you don’t appear on mainstream TV if you are not controlled) etc etc – and there are blogs that promote many of these people that are also Controlled Opposition — these blogs are normally just set up primarily by people, who themselves are controlled, to the promote these other controlled agents. ‘Stillness in the Storm’ is an example of one of these Controlled Opposition blogs which vigorously promotes and defends Wilcock and Goode, as well posting about Fulford and Cobra. And there is also ‘Discerning the Mystery’, which has been obviously set up just to promote Corey Goode, Cobra, and David Wilcock etc. It is very interesting that as soon as the ‘Discerning the Mystery’ website was set up ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting ‘Discerning the Mystery’ articles on his blog, promoting him – just as he did with Jordan Sather. As soon as Jordan Sather’s youtube channel was up it was promoted immediately by ‘Stillness in the Storm’, and who does Jordan Sather work with now? Corey Goode! There is a network of Controlled Opposition here people all backing each other. (If you research a great deal and have an excellent memory – you see unusual things in the alternative media and you see networks of controlled opposition) And when Corey Goode started working with Bridget Nielsen ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting about her as well. This is the woman who says she has had sex with reptilians and it was great! Seriously, how does that help humanity – articles about this? Again, a network of Controlled Opposition promoting each other.

    We also have Michael Salla – he again – I will use the phrase again: Controlled Opposition – he is connected to all these people I have just mentioned in the above paragraph. He promotes Goode and Wilcock and various others in this group – and Stillness in the Storm promotes Salla. Salla puts out some ridiculous articles, for example: ‘Will Trump release all the advanced technology found in Antarctica if he is elected?’. Trump is working for the Zionists, of course he isn’t just going to release any technology just for the benefit of humanity! And of course we can see that Trump hasn’t released any.

    (I know that some of the ‘intel’ that some of these people put out can be very compelling, I followed some of these people for a while before I worked them out. ‘How can they not be ‘of the light’ when they put out this type of info?’ – read the rest of the article and about how it all works.)

    Within the ‘Secret Space Program’ area of research we also have William Tompkins – who is obviously Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation – and is only divulging what he is allowed – and also the same with Randy Cramer. They are told by the people who control the organisations that they are affiliated with, what to divulge and they do as they are told. It is obviously all scripted, to add to the distraction of humanity — and to add to the SSP limited-hangout operation.

    I have written about the Corey Goode ‘Sphere Being’ psyop / cult on this website – it is one of the the most obvious limited hangout and Controlled Opposition operations out there. It seems to be creating a cult, a ufo religion and now trying to capture the minds of the younger generation – again, like a net drawing them in and trying to hold onto people as long as possible. Corey also seems to want to control all the SSP disclosure narrative and also try to sanitize what is going on in them – and there is very obvious saviour programming in there as well – which disempowers and pacifies people. And why does humanity need to hear so much about Corey’s UFO stories, it is beyond me – how does it benefit people to hear so much about unsubstantiated ET stories like these? It is dangerous what he is doing – these SSP projects (if they exist) are not to be taken lightly – they will be ruining lives – and run by incredibly nefarious people.

    People who believe Corey Goode is genuine have still got various levels of awakening to work through. On YouTube peoples channels are being taken down left, right and centre for exposing the fake terrorism and the use of crisis actors, for exposing jewish tyranny and Zionism’s crimes, for exposing the WW2 and Hitler lies we have been told etc etc. Thousands of videos are being censored by Jewish Zionist controlled Youtube – just for people exposing and questioning… whatever happened to free speech!. “The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation”. But here we have someone like Corey, he isn’t being censored and is not going to be censored – because he is Zionist psyop – a controlled opposition agent.

    And this whole ‘raising your vibration’ rhetoric is just there to pacify you – I have been meditating (and eating very healthily) for many years and this ‘raising your vibration’ is not going to sort things out on this planet… and how come so many people are working at this ‘raising your vibration’ but the world is getting worse all the time – more control mechanisms implemented all the time, more censorship, more destabilizing of the middle east, more refugees, more mass immigration (and we potentially have 5G towers coming soon) etc etc. What we need to do is become wise knowledgeable critical thinkers, come up with solutions, stand-up to tyranny and take action! The Corey Goode psyop is there to pacify you and distract you. And I am not saying there isn’t probably some sort of Secret Space Program, but you wont be getting the real truth from these so called ‘whistleblowers’. And, yes, of course, it is good for you to meditate and eat a healthy diet, but it wont sort out the problems on this planet, that’s for sure – it should help you get some clarity of mind – but it wont make you knowledgeable, proactive, solution orientated and capable of critical thinking. I recommend this article below on Corey Goode for some more insights on his particular pysop:

    Link to Article: Cosmic Disclosure – Corey Goode – Controlled Opposition – Secret Space Programs (SSPs)

    This other group of ‘Secret Space Program Whistleblowers’: Penny, Illeana, Tony, Kevan and their disinfo agent associate ‘Peter the Insider’ ( These people are all very clearly creating another limited-hangout, and are just another group of Controlled Opposition ). I discuss this group as well as other SSP whistleblowers in detail in another article of mine: ‘Nazis’ – Secret Space Programs – ‘Dark Fleet’ – Disinfo

    I have also written about Cobra on this website. I have looked through the majority of his interviews and followed his intel for quite some time and I also looked through a website that had collated Cobra’s responses to questions – there is so much disinfo in there and lots of pacifying and disempowering responses – if you research the global conspiracy like I do – you can see the disinfo and the agendas. It also, like Corey Goode’s info, contains saviour programming – here instead of ‘blue avians’ and ‘inner earth’ groups it promotes this totally unsubstantiated idea of a ‘resistance movement’ on ‘planet x’ – and also the unsubstantiated idea that there are some pleiadians that he is working with to help free humanity. These stories are absolutely pacifying and disempowering people – stopping them from coming up with solutions for humanity. He talks about these ‘toplet bombs’??? and other exotic weapons – he says that there are ET groups that are clearing all these bombs that are surrounding us here on Earth. For five years he has been saying this! And he say things like we are close to clearing them all – and then, ‘low and behold’ they have found some more and some more weapons have been found – then the next month – and again, its ‘oh we found some more toplet bombs’ etc – over and over again this goes on! And of course Cobra talks about Ashtar Command and Galactic Federation etc etc – pacifying and disempowering – these are psyops. Cobra has also promoted this book by Ishtar Antares called Aurora 2012, which I have read – that also made some predictions that didn’t come true, and which also contained other disinfo regarding the psyop that is Ashtar Command. And Cobra also promoted this guy Drake in 2012, who was a psyop, who also predicted changes in 2012, as did Wilcock who aligned himself with Drake – why do people forget about all these things? Unfortunately, my fellow humans, we have to sort all this insanity on this planet out ourselves. People need to realise that Cobra has been saying the same things over and over again for over 5 years. And of course Cobra does joint interviews with the obvious psyop Corey Goode – which should send up red flags for you.

    This ‘The Event Is Coming Soon’ rhetoric put forward by Cobra and others is a huge psyop and so pacifying and disempowering. When you are knowledgeable, and know how these Freemasons and Zionists work, you know their tactics and see through their psyops more easily. This so called ‘Event’ is not coming soon my friends, please don’t sit back and wait for this ‘Event’. This ‘Event’ is a made up thing to pacify – the whole ‘solar flash’, ‘spontaneous ascension’ – these terms, are of course, also pacifying psyops. Sorry to tell you this my friends… hard to hear if you bought into these stories, they had me for a little bit, but I know too much about all the other areas of the alternative media and global conspiracy. Educate yourself about the Freemasons and the Jewish Zionists plans and take action.

    Link to Article: Cobra, (The Portal) is Controlled Opposition putting out Disinfo

    David Wilcock continually tells us the ‘End-game’ is near, or words to that effect – how many endgame type articles is he going to write? One each year? One every 6 months? Again, he is disempowering and pacifying us – the endgame is not near. For example – ‘It’s ok, we can relax the ‘Endgame’ is near!’ I do not think it is near. David Wilcock is obvious Controlled Opposition – some truth mixed in with a good amount of disinfo. His so called ‘insiders’, and contacts – people like Pete Peterson for example, are also obvious Controlled opposition, basic stuff from these people who give us little titbits of carefully controlled info. Wilcock also collaborates with Corey Goode, who is also obvious Controlled Opposition, Wilcock also comments on Benjamin Fulford, who again is obvious Controlled Opposition. Wilcock also promotes this idea of a mass spontaneous ‘ascension’ – again, disempowering people, pacifying people – stopping people being proactive and make changes to benefit humanity and detach from the satanic matrix system – we can wait for ‘the resistance movement’ – or the ‘sphere being alliance’ or the ‘inner earth groups’ or the ‘ ascension wave of energy’ or ‘The Event’ – these groups of events will sort all out all our problems apparently. They are disempowering and pacifying the public – over and over! Don’t sit back and wait for any of these things my friends.

    We also have people like Edward Snowden and Julian Assange – totally controlled opposition and limited hangouts. What has Snowden released that people who are knowledge didn’t already know? – nothing – and he even gave out disinfo about 9/11. His is info is basic, and he is obviously controlled and some type of agent. Pretty much the same things can be said for Julian Assange… controlled.

    An article about Snowden the controlled agent: http://www.renegadetribune.com/frosty-edward-snowden/

    And Benjamin Fulford won’t tell you that Snowden and Assange are just Controlled Opposition Limited Hangouts. And Fulford wont tell that all these terror events are fake – he might say some are false flags but that stills perpetuate the myth that people were killed and it perpetuates the fear they create. But they are hoaxes, totally fake – just one example for you: the Russian Ambassador shooting – this is such an obviously fake shooting. Fulford will not tell you that these so called terror events were set up by the Freemasons and Zionists to further their agendas. Benjamin Fulford is obvious Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation.

    (Update: This Q Anon rhetoric is an obvious pacifying psyop, there is no purge going on. In fact, people who are moved out are usually people who are not staunch Zionists and don’t support Israel enough – that’s usually why they are moved out. Look how staunch Zionist Warmonger John Bolton got moved into a very prominent position. Q Anon is a psyop to deceive and pacify the naive and less well informed Goyim.)

    People get hooked on what all these people are saying – they sit back and think these guys have it all in control – these so called ‘insiders’ – but they are just telling us stories – but it’s all just carefully controlled commentaries from these people, with some disinfo. Better to spend your time looking to make some practical changes on this planet and learning about the Zionist and Freemason agendas and researching all the fake terror events – so that these fake events have less effect on the collective. We have people saying ‘the cabal’ or ‘the illuminati’ – But I think people should be just saying the Zionists and Freemasons – I think these alternative names are a psyop. Go down the rabbit hole geopolitically and it leads to the Zionists, Freemasons and Israel. Freemasonry is a Jewish establishment, it is run by Jews — Freemasonry is being used as a tool by the Zionist Jews to bring about their New World Order. It is related to rebuilding Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem – they want to dominate the world (the ‘Goyim’) from there.

    “The meaning of the history of the last century is that today 300 Jewish financiers, all Masters of (Masonic) Lodges, rule the world.” – Jean Izoulet, prominent member of Jewish Alliance Israelite Universelle, 1931

    “At the head of all those secret societies, which form provisional governments, men of the Jewish race are to be found.” – Benjamin Disraeli, Jewish, Prime Minister of England

    Anyway, I have an article on this website all about Zionism which will explain all this for you. There is a link at the end of the article.

    **********

    (* An update due to a comment received: — Michael Tellinger is 100 percent controlled. He is a controlled limited hangout. I read his Ubuntu book when it first came out – sounded good initially – but I was ill informed and very naive back then. His system is not anti-NWO – it actually plays right into their hands.

    Tellinger is on gaimtv.com / gaia.com – this organisation is a Zionist limited hangout shill operation. So many shills on Gaia.com. Tellinger even did an interview with Goode and Wilcock on Gaia as well! Two of the most obvious shills out there. There is so much about the (((New World Order))) agenda that Tellinger and associates are distracting people from.)

    **********

    Fraudulent Predictions and Statements for upcoming change… and channelers — Bashar, Adronis, Abraham Hicks etc

    So we have Wilcock regularly making endgame, or the battle is nearly won, statements in his articles. Wilcock also backed and made predictions in 2012 regarding this fake guy ‘Drake’ – people forget how wrong Wilcock was then, and Cobra was involved with this. Corey Goode said everything will change in in 2016 and it didn’t – now he is pushing a three year disclosure plan – what ridiculousness. More disempowering. Wilcock also wrote an article whereby he perpetuates the idea that people actually died in the Boston Marathon Bombing – when anyone who is a real researcher knows that the boston marathon bombing was another fake hoax event a drill passed of as real. Cobra is also affiliated with the website ‘prepare for change’ change – more disempowering – it should be Create Change! Let’s just sit back and prepare for change, what a disempowering and pacifying slogan – again, it should be Create Change.

    We also get these popular channellers like Bashar and Adronis, for example, making predictions – they were both saying everything will change in the fall of 2016. The SSP ‘whistleblower’ called ‘Illeana’, also joined in with her own ‘channeling’ and also said all will change in the fall of 2016. Bashar is the most obvious psyop – he promotes a type of solipsism for one thing, saying that we create our own reality completely, which is nonsense, as we are in a collective consciousness and we are not in total control of our reality – again, we collectively create what happens here. And those in power and in prominent influential positions in the media, banks and government etc have by far the most control of what we create on this planet. Bashar also constantly distracts people from the global conspiracy, from the Zionists and Satanists etc – suggesting that if you look into that dark information then that is the sort of reality you will manifest – nonsense. We must shine a light on the dark to transform it.

    When these channelers and so called ‘insiders’ make statements on when things will change – be very suspicious. There is also the case of Aug Tellez now, who promotes himself as insider – and has put out lots of interesting information, but it is mostly information that I have heard before. I am wary of him because he has come out with the statement that everything will change in the fall of 2017. Why regularly put out a statement like that? It only pacifies and disempowers humanity. And also because he promotes the disinfo agent Donald Marshall – I am sure cloning does goes on, and we all know some really terrible things go on with the elites, but Donald Marshall is almost certainly controlled opposition with disinfo – some ridiculous things have been said by him, particular the things about Reptilians, such as them having this ‘thing’ come out of their head that goes into your eye and takes you over – obvious disinfo. I will certainly not be holding my breath about this Aug Tellez 2017 prediction! He also has very few details about the time he says he spent in Solar Warden – lots of information is given out which would be complex to many, but no solar warden details of operations he took part in. So I am not totally sure about Aug, I think we will see after this fall 2017. Will he be the first ‘insider’ to actually predict when the beneficial changes will come? Again, I doubt it very much. (Update: Aug Tellez is an obvious Zionist Controlled Opposition agent – it’s so obvious to me – lots of distracting information and some dis-info — distracting people from what is really occurring on this planet. People should research ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’ – and no it’s not a hoax, as the Zionist controlled media like to tell you – its a real document that was found – research it.)

    While we are in the subject of channelers: we have people like Bashar and Abraham Hicks putting forward this notion of people just trying to manifest an abundant life for themselves. You don’t need to transform the planet, they suggest – just try to manifest a happy and abundant life for yourself. Nope, actually we should be looking to highlight all the darkness, all the satanic practices – we need to bring it to the light to transform it. We need to work together to create change – helping each other, practical solutions etc – so we need to know where all the problems are and where they originate from. These two channelers are obvious controlled opposition psyops. And there are many other channelers who just go on and on about different ET races. Firstly, do people realize how easy it is for the ‘powers that be’ to manipulate these people – who they are channeling – most are not going to be channelling who they think they are. Anyway, regardless of this, what purpose does it serve to listen to a ‘channeler’ telling you about unsubstantiated info about ‘ET races’ – how does this help humanity evolve and break free from this Satanic Slave System and understand the tactics of the Zionists and Freemasons. Are these ‘channelers’ telling you any useful practical information regarding this planet. Nearly all are just distracting you.

    One more thing related to Bashar, he goes on about hybrid children – not human children, but hybrid children. Our human children are getting poisoned, abused, sacrificed and eaten on this planet! We do not need to worry about hybrid children! And this woman Bridget Nielsen aligns herself with Bashar and promotes making a safe place for the hybrid children to live. She also says that she has had sex with reptilians and it was great. Do you know who aligned themselves with this woman? – Corey Goode did. He is good ‘friends’ with her and does videos with her – it’s networks of Controlled Opposition – psyops linked together.

    Anyway, there is absolutely no benefit to humanity in the people making these statements and predictions with dates about big changes – the only purpose can be to dis-empower and pacify humanity – there is nothing else it can do. I would take them with less than a pinch of salt, and be suspicious of those who are making them – especially as all the statements so far have been wrong. And carry on researching, and carry on trying to make a positive and practical difference to this planet – and carry on learning about all the fake terrorism and fake shootings, the controlled opposition agents, the CIA limited hangouts, the Zionists, the Freemasons. Question everything and don’t stop learning. We need to become informed critical thinkers and then to come together somehow and make changes.

    Early ET abductions, Milabs researchers and whistleblowers

    The whole UFO field has been infiltrated by Controlled Opposition. Some of the first researchers like Barbara Bartholic and Dr Karla Turner appeared to be doing some diligent and credible research and investigations exposing the nefarious ETs – but it looks like they were killed off. It looks like was Phil Schneider as well, who seemed to be exposing some important information – and then the UFO field was then further flooded with agents (it’s always been controlled). We did have some testimonies that felt somewhat credible in the Milab, Secret Space Ops and Black Ops area, years ago – but now, in the two or three years or so, this area of research seems to filled with agents and disinfo. (Update: After completing further research I actually think these people mentioned in this paragraph were also controlled – See my ‘Ufology Explained’ article on this website.)

    Trump and Putin

    As I mentioned earlier one of the areas I spend a lot of time researching is all the fake terrorism. Some questions for people who believe Putin is some kind of savour: Why did Putin play along with, and essentially endorse, at least two fake terrors acts. Firstly the fake shooting of the Russian Ambassador in Berlin – it’s totally fake, research it – watch Ole Dammegard’s video on it, for starters. And Putin also endorses the St Petersburg Metro bombing – again, a staged drill passed of as real – fake. There are videos about these fake events in a playlist on my youtube channel. Why is Putin endorsing these fake deceiving acts, as well as playing along with other fake terrorism from around the world? Truth seekers who go far down the rabbit hole suggest that Putin is just playing a role – that pretty much all these western leaders are just playing their roles. I would also suggest he is just playing a role for the Zionists and their NWO agenda – and I certainly do not trust someone who deceives humanity like this.

    Putin also has a history of Jewish and Zionist connections, he is ex KGB, does huge tech and trade deals with Israel, glorifies the ‘Soviet Union’ and the ‘Red Army’, and he does not come out and condemn Netenyahu and Israel on a great many issues… and he hasn’t ended Debt Slavery/Usury in his country (which leaders who truly want to look after their people will always do).

    A link to an interesting article about Putin, and how he is not the saviour some people think he is:

    Puppet Putin: A collection of doubts around Putin’s credibility as opposition to the JWO agenda

    Putin has also made it illegal for people to question the holocaust in his country! Where’s the Free Speech?! ((The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation)). From my research I have found no evidence that any gas chambers were used or that any Jews died in gas chambers – there is lots of research which point to the fact that the gassing did not occur. Watch some Fred Leuchter (The Leuchter Report), David Irving, Ernst Zundel, David Cole and Dennis Wise videos on this subject for starters. The people you see dead in the videos and photos died from diseases such as Typhus, this was due to the allied bombings towards the end of the war, which took out the supply infrastructures in Germany, which meant medicine and food could not get to the work camps. Diseases spread quickly. The lies surrounding these camps is shocking. Its propaganda by the Zionists to try to gain sympathy for their Zionist agendas. I could go on about this subject and the lies we have been told about Hitler, WW2 and Germany’s National Socialism, but you can research it yourself. I also recommend the video: ‘Adolf Hitler – The Greatest story Never Told’ by Dennis Wise – this can get you started if you don’t know about this subject, you can watch it on YouTube. This link below will take you to a site with comprehensive evidence that the ‘holocaust’ did not occur:

    Holocaust Deprogramming Course

    (Another mention of David Icke and how he is controlled opposition. There is always lots of anti-Nazi rhetoric from Icke. He still perpetuates the total myth that Nazis used fluoride on people on the Jews in the WW2 work camps. Icke also suggests that Hitler and the Germans were involved in creating these poisonous vaccines we are given – which is lies. Icke does not even mention that the ‘Nazis’ never called themselves ‘Nazi’s’, and that they were actually called The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP) – the term ‘Nazi’ was actually invented by a jewish man called Konrad Heiden as a slur and disparaging term – and has since been used for the Zionist owned media’s anti-Hitler and anti-National Socialist propaganda. Icke also doesn’t expose the Dresden firebombings and the Rhine Meadows death camps – these horrific war crimes carried out on millions of innocent Germans. He doesn’t highlight how Hitler and The NSDAP miraculously transformed Germany by getting rid of the Jewish bankers influence and by printing their own money. And he doesn’t expose the biggest lie of the them all: The Holocuast Hoax. Again, David Icke is controlled opposition)

    Now to Trump: he is of course endorsed and praised by Putin. And in case anyone does not realize, Trump is exposed as an obvious Zionist. Look at what he has said about Israel… shocking… 100 percent backing for Israel he said… wow… supporting this disgraceful regime that is taking part in the incremental genocide of Palestinians. As well as this, look at Trumps behaviour related to visiting Israel and Netanyahu. (These Zionists have never had any right to Palestine – and The Palestinians are the semites.) And who has Trump surrounded himself with politically? I will tell you who: Loads of confirmed Zionists! Putin is friendly with and has endorsed and praised a very obvious Zionist … hmmm… what does all this suggest to you?

    Concluding Thoughts

    One of the purposes of this article is for people to become aware of what Controlled Opposition and Limited Hangouts Operations are – and to question all those people who suggest that they are insiders. Look for the signs – and one of the signs is that they start making statements of when great change will occur and attempt to pacify and disempower with various articles and statements. There are so many people out there who will try to catch you and distract you, feed you some disinfo.

    The way I see it is that one of the things they are distracting you from is all the fake terrorism: crisis actors are used – they are staged drills passed off as real, CGI is also used – I have been researching these fake events for over two years now. Who owns the media and sets up these events – it’s the Zionists and Freemasons. I have followed a whole community of people who were dismantling all these fake events on Youtube. So many of them have had their channels taken down for questioning these events and explaining to others how they are obviously fake (luckily most of them just make a new channel and come back). No one else I have followed is having their channels taken down – only the people questioning these events and people questioning and exposing the Zionists and Freemasons – as Youtube is owned by the Zionists of course. Far more offensive channels are left up. Anyway… Three of the most obvious phony fake hoax events: the Boston Bombing , Sandy Hook, Orlando Pulse nightclub shooting – if you can’t see or work out that these are totally fake events… then… well.. Speechless… And there are just so many more… so many

    Link to Article: False Flags – Fakes Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists

    The fake events are one of their main tools for manipulating humanity. The powers that be (the zionists / jewish supremacists) can’t go around just blowing people up and killing people – you would get hundreds and thousands of very angry family members, large groups of very irate people to deal with, who would certainly question your homeland security – and also, karmically it’s not good for them – so you deceive the public with fake events. These ‘events’ put people in fear and they are also used to attempt to bring forth various agendas – gun control, martial law, armed police, automated travels systems, Islamophobia, World War 3 etc etc – essentially more and more control over us.

    Through all the UFO psyops ‘the powers that be’ are also trying to distract the awakening / alternative media community from the Zionists activities. When you go down the rabbit hole it leads to the Zionists, it just does – I believe there are definitely some ET races that are ultimately in control of this planet and governments – but in dealing with practicalities of day to day on Earth the Zionists tactics and agendas need to be understood… and all the lies they have told..

    Israel / Zionists / the jews, this is where it all leads. They own hollywood, the corporations, the media… they are in charge. And they are trying to create conflict in the middle east – they are trying to destabilize that region, taker it over and essentially try to run this planet from there – from Israel.

    They also want to distract from the fake North Korean threat – that is fake – look at the fake Otto Warmbier case – so fake – and all the North Korean photoshopped pictures, just for starters. And the fake threat from Muslim fundamentalists – that is fake as well, there are not any muslim terrorists running around Europe or the US shouting ‘allahu akbar’ and killing people – again, these events are fake and set up by the Freemasonic and Zionists. I am not saying there aren’t some groups of young Muslim men causing trouble in Europe, after all this mass immigration – as this is the case – but they aren’t running around and blowing things up – they aren’t running people over in cars and shooting people… these ‘terrorist events’ are fake… crisis actors. They also want to distract you from what is going on in Palestine – it is just shocking what has been done to the Palestinian people. And, we of course, know that Israel was the main force behind 9/11.

    I realise that I have gone from the Controlled Opposition in the alternative media to the Zionists – that is how this article evolved – and it is not surprising because all the problems on this planet seem to lead to the Zionists and the jewish supremacists / International Jewry.

    And don’t take my word for it on any of this – research it yourself – I am confident in my conclusions regarding all the players, but you need to come to your own conclusions through investigation, but please always bare in mind that these people who call themselves ‘insiders’ or someone ‘in the know’ could well be Controlled Opposition – and may well be subtly deceiving, manipulating, distracting, pacifying, disempowering you… and have certain other agendas.

    It is scary to think about how much Controlled Opposition is out there.

    Most of these Controlled Opposition operatives are there to keep you distracted, to get hooked on their stories so you don’t work out what the Zionists are trying to do. So I will conclude with an overview of some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas.

    A brief overview of just some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas:

    They would like to take away all American citizens guns so they can take over that very significant country. Hence why there are so many fake hoax shootings to try and bring this to fruition. (Sandy Hook, Virginia Reporter, Orlando Pulse Nightclub, Mandalay Las Vegas etc etc)

    They would like to also have automated vehicles, taking away millions of jobs and hugely increasing their control over humanity. They also want more restricted driving in cities, using electronic bollards that they control etc. Again, hence why we have all this fake hoax terrorist acts of people being run down by cars, vans or lorries. (Nice France, Stockholm Sweden, Times Square, Melbourne Australia etc etc)

    They also want to bring in 5G towers which will be so incredibly harmful to all of humanity.

    They want to increase the use of artificial intelligence in all areas of life – which is going to be hugely damaging to humanity in so many ways. People must remember that all this technology is being used against humanity.

    They want genderfluid androgynous type beings ( just like the ‘baphomet’ they worship ) – they want to promote homosexuality and transgender people – and move humanity away from being strong masculine men or nurturing feminine females – as this is a threat to them. They want to destroy Family in the Western Developed Nations (i.e mainly White Nations).

    Through the use of poisons in vaccines, poisons in food, poisons in water, pharmaceutical drugs, chemtrails, EMFs etc they want to make us sick, weak and infertile.

    They want all nations, races and cultures to merge and interbreed. The Zionists/International Jewry create all the immigration on purpose. They particularly want to destroy the White Race – research The Kalergi Plan. White Genocide is one of their biggest agendas. Read my articles on this site: one about (((Multiculturalism))) and one about being Racially Conscious.

    They are hugely threatened by patriotic and nationalistic countries who want independence from the Zionist Bankers. Hence why Gaddafi and Hitler were taken out and so many lies have been spread about them, even though they were looking after the people in their country – and to do this they were breaking away from the jewish banking cartels (Central banks).

    They want to keep us in fear and they want more and more control over us… they have so many more tactics and agendas…

    And of course, the Zionists want to run the world from the Middle East, hence why they go to great lengths to destabilize that region and to eradicate the Palestinians. They want to rebuild Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem and rule over the ‘Goyim’.

    As well as all this, understanding the lies told to us about the Second World War, Hitler and Germany is hugely important. My article below has information in it that will help you to become informed about the Satanic Zionists and the lies we have been told about Hitler, National Socialism and WW2.

    There is a great deal of evidence for all of this, it’s all over the internet now – and many books have been written about it. And again, my article on Zionism contains a lot of information, links, quotes and videos. Humanity needs to come together and rise up against these Zionists. It’s not the Illuminati – it is the Satanic Zionist Jews.

    “And we in the real Truth movement are aware that we are not up against a NWO, or the Illuminati, but a Jew World Order. With International Jewry pulling all the strings.” — https://diggerfortruth.wordpress.com

    This New World Order is absolutely a jewish agenda. This New World Order agenda all comes from the jewish doctrines and scriptures (the Talmud, the Kaballah, the Zohar, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion)… it is also written about and spoken about by many jewish scholars … it’s all there… no escaping from it, this is where it originates from… not difficult to work it out really… (If you haven’t, then you have to study the Talmud and learn what it says about non-jews (goyim)… and The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion explain the whole NWO agenda and how they are doing it)

    I mean come on, it really is obvious – all the Central Banks are jewish run, Hollywood (Pedophile central degenerate Hollyweird) is totally run by jews – the lying media networks are totally run and owned by jews… anyway various other articles on this website explain all this.

    Zionism is the term we are allowed to use, to some degree, but the reality is that it is International Jewry and Judaism that want this One World Government / New World Order – and International Jewry is very obviously behind the Open Borders and Globalisation. We must stop the Open Borders before many unique races and cultures are destroyed.

    “The “Jewish revolutionary spirit” , as it has been called, operates on an insidious agenda of social overthrow under the false pretences of making a better world. The Jewish ideal of tikkam olam, “fixing the world,” is not the benevolent program it pretends to be. Its actual aim is to enable total Jewish dominance of the Goyim, the non-Jewish nations, and centralization of all wealth and power in the Jewish elite… The trajectory of history over three millennia shows that Jews have been centrally involved in the corruption and destruction of many civiilizations.” – John Lash

    We must all become more conscious and see through all the lies – we must become aware of how this prison/slave planet really works and all the secret societies agendas. In particular we must understand the Jews / Zionists and Freemasons (Masons) agendas – their striving for a ‘New World Order’. We must understand their tactics, such as the their staging of fake terrorist events, divided and conquer psyops, chemtrails, the Kalergi Plan – etc etc… so many other tactics that they use to manipulate humanity and the collective consciousness.

    I recommend researching the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion – there is a summary of what these protocols involve in the article about Zionism below – this Zionism article I keep mentioning is the most important article on this website. Love is important and inspiring – but unfortunately the saying ‘All you need is Love’ is not true – you need knowledge, you need to be informed, you need to know who your oppressors are. Reading the article below and also understanding these Protocols will definitely help you to understand why the world is the way it is.

    The Power-base of the elite Jews / Zionists is Usury – i.e the Central Banks and the debt-slave system. To me it seems like that until we take away their Debt Slavery power-base we are just papering over cracks, nothing will really change – this debt slavery is obscene and totally unnecessary and needs to stop – it is the root cause of humanity’s suffering. People do not seem to realize that countries thrive when they print their own money – when they control their own debt-free currency. It is easy to create an extremely healthy, happy and abundant country when you do this, when you get rid of Usury. Here is a link to a book about this – describing the various leaders and countries that did this. The book also describes who it was that put an end to each countries prosperity – the book clearly demonstrates it was always the Jewish Bankers: A History of Central Banking & The Enslavement of Mankind

    Too many people are getting distracted by Controlled Opposition agents, with their pacifying stories and disinfo. As well as seeing through all the lies and manipulations we must come up with solutions and make changes.

    I hope some of this information may prove useful to you.

    End.

    ****

    Links to related posts:

    The Controlled Opposition - Disinformation Network is vast - Fulford is part of this campaign

    http://entityart.co.uk/controlled-opposition-david-wilcock-corey-goode-darryl-anka-bashar-benjamin-fulford-cobra-edward-snowden-julian-assange-trump-putin-ufology-alternative-media-psyop/
    Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media August 10, 2017 Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc… (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar’ from ‘Ashtar Command’ as that is a huge psyop and is associated with Cobra. I am referring to Cobra from the website ‘The Portal’) Interestingly, this article leads to Fake Terrorism, North Korea, Zionists and Israel. Anyway, here are some of my thoughts on Controlled Opposition in the alternative media (A hint: It’s everywhere!) Introduction It can be very disheartening when you are awakening to what is happening in the world – as when you really do your research and become informed you realize that most of these prominent ‘players’ in the alternative media are Controlled Opposition. And I have been shocked about the amount of Controlled Opposition operatives and Gatekeepers there are – and how hard people will push unsubstantiated claims. An example for you: Alex Jones and InfoWars is perhaps the most obvious controlled opposition operation going. We also have David Icke and Jordan Maxwell who are also Controlled Opposition… ‘what?’ you say … ‘some of their videos woke me up’, etc…. (they initially helped me as well) But, yep, it seems to be the Zionists and Freemasons putting people in place to get you to rely on them – so they give you some truth to draw you in and then some carefully selected disinfo and then also failing to include some pieces of important information. Just like all Controlled Opposition. The alternative media is a minefield. (Both these guys appear on the Richie Allen show – Richie Allen is controlled opposition. And David Icke even appears on the shill Alex Jones’s show!) There are certain things they are not telling us. Particularly about the Real Truth about Fake Terror Events, the Freemasons, Hitler, The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP), The Second World War, etc. The Zionists et al like to try and control every stage of awakening – and there are different levels of awakening. David Icke has appeared on mainstream television at least three times in the UK! People who know about the depths of global conspiracy know that the Zionists wont allow someone to appear on mainstream TV if they don’t want them to. I am not saying these people don’t have some legitimate information, but you must research beyond them, they are limited – and they are manipulators and givers of half-truths. (David Icke promotes getting rid of racial and cultural identity, as well as getting rid of any religious beliefs – and generally promotes letting go of having a strong identity. This is exactly what these Freemasonic Zionist Talmudic Elites want! We are much easier to control and manipulate when we let go of racial, cultural and religious identity – humans are much more passive when they don’t have these identifications. This is why Icke never exposes ‘The Kalergi Plan’ and certain parts of ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’. He promotes this idea that only way to repel these forces of darkness is to focus on ‘infinite love’, that, ‘everything, everything, everything else is an illusion!’ This is an obvious pacifying psyop and a manipulation. This ‘just focusing on love’ will not save us from the Satanic Zionist New World Order. Knowledge, critical thinking, practical solutions and taking action is what is needed. Icke does twelve hour shows and writes many huge books, but most of it is distraction and deflection – and real practical solutions are not offered by him… and again, just focusing on love is not a solution, it is a pacifying psyop. He is obvious controlled opposition. David Icke subtly promotes Cultural Marxism, which is extremely damaging to Humanity.) The UFO community, in particular, can be incredibly naive and get distracted and carried away with the fantastical ET stories that give them some hope. I am not going to say that I haven’t been a little caught up with someone’s information until I realised it to be coming from someone who was clearly Controlled Opposition. But then eventually you see some of the agendas behind the operation – and see the disinfo they put out. When you go far down the rabbit hole it can all get little scary and something within you is looking for some ‘hopium’ ie – ‘there must be some good guys down here fighting back’, then these people come forward and say I have an ‘insider that I know’, or ‘I am an insider’ – and often they come with statements or firm predictions of change – ie: everything will change this year in the fall of 2016, or you will see great changes in this most of this year etc. These people are really just there to disempower you, pacify you, distract you and feed you bits of disinfo. I particularly research the extraterrestrial and ‘Milab’ phenomenon because of my various and numerous experiences – i.e ET abductions and memories returning of times spent in some sort of secret otherworldly operations and becoming lucid during some of these missions / abductions. I have an article on this website describing my experiences. But I also research many other facets of the global conspiracy. Particularly all the fake terrorism and fake shootings – all the nonsense that the Freemasons and Zionists set up – the staged drills that are passed of as real. You cannot understand what is going on on this planet if you do not understand that all these terrorism events are Fake and Set Up by the Freemasons and Zionists – as I said earlier, they are usually drills passed off as real using paid crisis actors – and sometimes they even use CGI in them. (I should clarify that when I mention the Freemasons I am mainly taking about the 33rd degree Masons and above, the lower levels are oblivious of the true purpose of Freemasonry.) Link to Article: False Flags – Fake Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists Anyway, throughout history Controlled Opposition has been used to control the masses. It catches people like a net, holds onto them for a while, distracts then, gives them some truth and also carefully selected pieces of disinfo. The people who are in charge of this planet employ this all the time. “A controlled opposition is a protest movement that is actually being led by government agents. Nearly all governments in history have employed this technique to trick and subdue their adversaries.” Notably Vladimir Lenin said: “The best way to control the opposition is to lead it ourselves.” Below are my perspectives on various people I have come across in my research – I hope I inspire others to think critically and to question all these so called ‘insiders’ – and for people to get an idea of how Controlled Opposition works. Corey Goode, David Wilcock, Cobra, Fulford, Snowden – and others Some obvious Controlled Opposition within, or related to, the UFO field of research is: David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Cobra (the portal), Benjamin Fulford, Simon Parkes (Parkes fairly recently appeared on mainstream TV here in England, this should send up red flags for you, you don’t appear on mainstream TV if you are not controlled) etc etc – and there are blogs that promote many of these people that are also Controlled Opposition — these blogs are normally just set up primarily by people, who themselves are controlled, to the promote these other controlled agents. ‘Stillness in the Storm’ is an example of one of these Controlled Opposition blogs which vigorously promotes and defends Wilcock and Goode, as well posting about Fulford and Cobra. And there is also ‘Discerning the Mystery’, which has been obviously set up just to promote Corey Goode, Cobra, and David Wilcock etc. It is very interesting that as soon as the ‘Discerning the Mystery’ website was set up ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting ‘Discerning the Mystery’ articles on his blog, promoting him – just as he did with Jordan Sather. As soon as Jordan Sather’s youtube channel was up it was promoted immediately by ‘Stillness in the Storm’, and who does Jordan Sather work with now? Corey Goode! There is a network of Controlled Opposition here people all backing each other. (If you research a great deal and have an excellent memory – you see unusual things in the alternative media and you see networks of controlled opposition) And when Corey Goode started working with Bridget Nielsen ‘Stillness in the Storm’ started posting about her as well. This is the woman who says she has had sex with reptilians and it was great! Seriously, how does that help humanity – articles about this? Again, a network of Controlled Opposition promoting each other. We also have Michael Salla – he again – I will use the phrase again: Controlled Opposition – he is connected to all these people I have just mentioned in the above paragraph. He promotes Goode and Wilcock and various others in this group – and Stillness in the Storm promotes Salla. Salla puts out some ridiculous articles, for example: ‘Will Trump release all the advanced technology found in Antarctica if he is elected?’. Trump is working for the Zionists, of course he isn’t just going to release any technology just for the benefit of humanity! And of course we can see that Trump hasn’t released any. (I know that some of the ‘intel’ that some of these people put out can be very compelling, I followed some of these people for a while before I worked them out. ‘How can they not be ‘of the light’ when they put out this type of info?’ – read the rest of the article and about how it all works.) Within the ‘Secret Space Program’ area of research we also have William Tompkins – who is obviously Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation – and is only divulging what he is allowed – and also the same with Randy Cramer. They are told by the people who control the organisations that they are affiliated with, what to divulge and they do as they are told. It is obviously all scripted, to add to the distraction of humanity — and to add to the SSP limited-hangout operation. I have written about the Corey Goode ‘Sphere Being’ psyop / cult on this website – it is one of the the most obvious limited hangout and Controlled Opposition operations out there. It seems to be creating a cult, a ufo religion and now trying to capture the minds of the younger generation – again, like a net drawing them in and trying to hold onto people as long as possible. Corey also seems to want to control all the SSP disclosure narrative and also try to sanitize what is going on in them – and there is very obvious saviour programming in there as well – which disempowers and pacifies people. And why does humanity need to hear so much about Corey’s UFO stories, it is beyond me – how does it benefit people to hear so much about unsubstantiated ET stories like these? It is dangerous what he is doing – these SSP projects (if they exist) are not to be taken lightly – they will be ruining lives – and run by incredibly nefarious people. People who believe Corey Goode is genuine have still got various levels of awakening to work through. On YouTube peoples channels are being taken down left, right and centre for exposing the fake terrorism and the use of crisis actors, for exposing jewish tyranny and Zionism’s crimes, for exposing the WW2 and Hitler lies we have been told etc etc. Thousands of videos are being censored by Jewish Zionist controlled Youtube – just for people exposing and questioning… whatever happened to free speech!. “The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation”. But here we have someone like Corey, he isn’t being censored and is not going to be censored – because he is Zionist psyop – a controlled opposition agent. And this whole ‘raising your vibration’ rhetoric is just there to pacify you – I have been meditating (and eating very healthily) for many years and this ‘raising your vibration’ is not going to sort things out on this planet… and how come so many people are working at this ‘raising your vibration’ but the world is getting worse all the time – more control mechanisms implemented all the time, more censorship, more destabilizing of the middle east, more refugees, more mass immigration (and we potentially have 5G towers coming soon) etc etc. What we need to do is become wise knowledgeable critical thinkers, come up with solutions, stand-up to tyranny and take action! The Corey Goode psyop is there to pacify you and distract you. And I am not saying there isn’t probably some sort of Secret Space Program, but you wont be getting the real truth from these so called ‘whistleblowers’. And, yes, of course, it is good for you to meditate and eat a healthy diet, but it wont sort out the problems on this planet, that’s for sure – it should help you get some clarity of mind – but it wont make you knowledgeable, proactive, solution orientated and capable of critical thinking. I recommend this article below on Corey Goode for some more insights on his particular pysop: Link to Article: Cosmic Disclosure – Corey Goode – Controlled Opposition – Secret Space Programs (SSPs) This other group of ‘Secret Space Program Whistleblowers’: Penny, Illeana, Tony, Kevan and their disinfo agent associate ‘Peter the Insider’ ( These people are all very clearly creating another limited-hangout, and are just another group of Controlled Opposition ). I discuss this group as well as other SSP whistleblowers in detail in another article of mine: ‘Nazis’ – Secret Space Programs – ‘Dark Fleet’ – Disinfo I have also written about Cobra on this website. I have looked through the majority of his interviews and followed his intel for quite some time and I also looked through a website that had collated Cobra’s responses to questions – there is so much disinfo in there and lots of pacifying and disempowering responses – if you research the global conspiracy like I do – you can see the disinfo and the agendas. It also, like Corey Goode’s info, contains saviour programming – here instead of ‘blue avians’ and ‘inner earth’ groups it promotes this totally unsubstantiated idea of a ‘resistance movement’ on ‘planet x’ – and also the unsubstantiated idea that there are some pleiadians that he is working with to help free humanity. These stories are absolutely pacifying and disempowering people – stopping them from coming up with solutions for humanity. He talks about these ‘toplet bombs’??? and other exotic weapons – he says that there are ET groups that are clearing all these bombs that are surrounding us here on Earth. For five years he has been saying this! And he say things like we are close to clearing them all – and then, ‘low and behold’ they have found some more and some more weapons have been found – then the next month – and again, its ‘oh we found some more toplet bombs’ etc – over and over again this goes on! And of course Cobra talks about Ashtar Command and Galactic Federation etc etc – pacifying and disempowering – these are psyops. Cobra has also promoted this book by Ishtar Antares called Aurora 2012, which I have read – that also made some predictions that didn’t come true, and which also contained other disinfo regarding the psyop that is Ashtar Command. And Cobra also promoted this guy Drake in 2012, who was a psyop, who also predicted changes in 2012, as did Wilcock who aligned himself with Drake – why do people forget about all these things? Unfortunately, my fellow humans, we have to sort all this insanity on this planet out ourselves. People need to realise that Cobra has been saying the same things over and over again for over 5 years. And of course Cobra does joint interviews with the obvious psyop Corey Goode – which should send up red flags for you. This ‘The Event Is Coming Soon’ rhetoric put forward by Cobra and others is a huge psyop and so pacifying and disempowering. When you are knowledgeable, and know how these Freemasons and Zionists work, you know their tactics and see through their psyops more easily. This so called ‘Event’ is not coming soon my friends, please don’t sit back and wait for this ‘Event’. This ‘Event’ is a made up thing to pacify – the whole ‘solar flash’, ‘spontaneous ascension’ – these terms, are of course, also pacifying psyops. Sorry to tell you this my friends… hard to hear if you bought into these stories, they had me for a little bit, but I know too much about all the other areas of the alternative media and global conspiracy. Educate yourself about the Freemasons and the Jewish Zionists plans and take action. Link to Article: Cobra, (The Portal) is Controlled Opposition putting out Disinfo David Wilcock continually tells us the ‘End-game’ is near, or words to that effect – how many endgame type articles is he going to write? One each year? One every 6 months? Again, he is disempowering and pacifying us – the endgame is not near. For example – ‘It’s ok, we can relax the ‘Endgame’ is near!’ I do not think it is near. David Wilcock is obvious Controlled Opposition – some truth mixed in with a good amount of disinfo. His so called ‘insiders’, and contacts – people like Pete Peterson for example, are also obvious Controlled opposition, basic stuff from these people who give us little titbits of carefully controlled info. Wilcock also collaborates with Corey Goode, who is also obvious Controlled Opposition, Wilcock also comments on Benjamin Fulford, who again is obvious Controlled Opposition. Wilcock also promotes this idea of a mass spontaneous ‘ascension’ – again, disempowering people, pacifying people – stopping people being proactive and make changes to benefit humanity and detach from the satanic matrix system – we can wait for ‘the resistance movement’ – or the ‘sphere being alliance’ or the ‘inner earth groups’ or the ‘ ascension wave of energy’ or ‘The Event’ – these groups of events will sort all out all our problems apparently. They are disempowering and pacifying the public – over and over! Don’t sit back and wait for any of these things my friends. We also have people like Edward Snowden and Julian Assange – totally controlled opposition and limited hangouts. What has Snowden released that people who are knowledge didn’t already know? – nothing – and he even gave out disinfo about 9/11. His is info is basic, and he is obviously controlled and some type of agent. Pretty much the same things can be said for Julian Assange… controlled. An article about Snowden the controlled agent: http://www.renegadetribune.com/frosty-edward-snowden/ And Benjamin Fulford won’t tell you that Snowden and Assange are just Controlled Opposition Limited Hangouts. And Fulford wont tell that all these terror events are fake – he might say some are false flags but that stills perpetuate the myth that people were killed and it perpetuates the fear they create. But they are hoaxes, totally fake – just one example for you: the Russian Ambassador shooting – this is such an obviously fake shooting. Fulford will not tell you that these so called terror events were set up by the Freemasons and Zionists to further their agendas. Benjamin Fulford is obvious Controlled Opposition – a limited hangout operation. (Update: This Q Anon rhetoric is an obvious pacifying psyop, there is no purge going on. In fact, people who are moved out are usually people who are not staunch Zionists and don’t support Israel enough – that’s usually why they are moved out. Look how staunch Zionist Warmonger John Bolton got moved into a very prominent position. Q Anon is a psyop to deceive and pacify the naive and less well informed Goyim.) People get hooked on what all these people are saying – they sit back and think these guys have it all in control – these so called ‘insiders’ – but they are just telling us stories – but it’s all just carefully controlled commentaries from these people, with some disinfo. Better to spend your time looking to make some practical changes on this planet and learning about the Zionist and Freemason agendas and researching all the fake terror events – so that these fake events have less effect on the collective. We have people saying ‘the cabal’ or ‘the illuminati’ – But I think people should be just saying the Zionists and Freemasons – I think these alternative names are a psyop. Go down the rabbit hole geopolitically and it leads to the Zionists, Freemasons and Israel. Freemasonry is a Jewish establishment, it is run by Jews — Freemasonry is being used as a tool by the Zionist Jews to bring about their New World Order. It is related to rebuilding Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem – they want to dominate the world (the ‘Goyim’) from there. “The meaning of the history of the last century is that today 300 Jewish financiers, all Masters of (Masonic) Lodges, rule the world.” – Jean Izoulet, prominent member of Jewish Alliance Israelite Universelle, 1931 “At the head of all those secret societies, which form provisional governments, men of the Jewish race are to be found.” – Benjamin Disraeli, Jewish, Prime Minister of England Anyway, I have an article on this website all about Zionism which will explain all this for you. There is a link at the end of the article. ********** (* An update due to a comment received: — Michael Tellinger is 100 percent controlled. He is a controlled limited hangout. I read his Ubuntu book when it first came out – sounded good initially – but I was ill informed and very naive back then. His system is not anti-NWO – it actually plays right into their hands. Tellinger is on gaimtv.com / gaia.com – this organisation is a Zionist limited hangout shill operation. So many shills on Gaia.com. Tellinger even did an interview with Goode and Wilcock on Gaia as well! Two of the most obvious shills out there. There is so much about the (((New World Order))) agenda that Tellinger and associates are distracting people from.) ********** Fraudulent Predictions and Statements for upcoming change… and channelers — Bashar, Adronis, Abraham Hicks etc So we have Wilcock regularly making endgame, or the battle is nearly won, statements in his articles. Wilcock also backed and made predictions in 2012 regarding this fake guy ‘Drake’ – people forget how wrong Wilcock was then, and Cobra was involved with this. Corey Goode said everything will change in in 2016 and it didn’t – now he is pushing a three year disclosure plan – what ridiculousness. More disempowering. Wilcock also wrote an article whereby he perpetuates the idea that people actually died in the Boston Marathon Bombing – when anyone who is a real researcher knows that the boston marathon bombing was another fake hoax event a drill passed of as real. Cobra is also affiliated with the website ‘prepare for change’ change – more disempowering – it should be Create Change! Let’s just sit back and prepare for change, what a disempowering and pacifying slogan – again, it should be Create Change. We also get these popular channellers like Bashar and Adronis, for example, making predictions – they were both saying everything will change in the fall of 2016. The SSP ‘whistleblower’ called ‘Illeana’, also joined in with her own ‘channeling’ and also said all will change in the fall of 2016. Bashar is the most obvious psyop – he promotes a type of solipsism for one thing, saying that we create our own reality completely, which is nonsense, as we are in a collective consciousness and we are not in total control of our reality – again, we collectively create what happens here. And those in power and in prominent influential positions in the media, banks and government etc have by far the most control of what we create on this planet. Bashar also constantly distracts people from the global conspiracy, from the Zionists and Satanists etc – suggesting that if you look into that dark information then that is the sort of reality you will manifest – nonsense. We must shine a light on the dark to transform it. When these channelers and so called ‘insiders’ make statements on when things will change – be very suspicious. There is also the case of Aug Tellez now, who promotes himself as insider – and has put out lots of interesting information, but it is mostly information that I have heard before. I am wary of him because he has come out with the statement that everything will change in the fall of 2017. Why regularly put out a statement like that? It only pacifies and disempowers humanity. And also because he promotes the disinfo agent Donald Marshall – I am sure cloning does goes on, and we all know some really terrible things go on with the elites, but Donald Marshall is almost certainly controlled opposition with disinfo – some ridiculous things have been said by him, particular the things about Reptilians, such as them having this ‘thing’ come out of their head that goes into your eye and takes you over – obvious disinfo. I will certainly not be holding my breath about this Aug Tellez 2017 prediction! He also has very few details about the time he says he spent in Solar Warden – lots of information is given out which would be complex to many, but no solar warden details of operations he took part in. So I am not totally sure about Aug, I think we will see after this fall 2017. Will he be the first ‘insider’ to actually predict when the beneficial changes will come? Again, I doubt it very much. (Update: Aug Tellez is an obvious Zionist Controlled Opposition agent – it’s so obvious to me – lots of distracting information and some dis-info — distracting people from what is really occurring on this planet. People should research ‘The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion’ – and no it’s not a hoax, as the Zionist controlled media like to tell you – its a real document that was found – research it.) While we are in the subject of channelers: we have people like Bashar and Abraham Hicks putting forward this notion of people just trying to manifest an abundant life for themselves. You don’t need to transform the planet, they suggest – just try to manifest a happy and abundant life for yourself. Nope, actually we should be looking to highlight all the darkness, all the satanic practices – we need to bring it to the light to transform it. We need to work together to create change – helping each other, practical solutions etc – so we need to know where all the problems are and where they originate from. These two channelers are obvious controlled opposition psyops. And there are many other channelers who just go on and on about different ET races. Firstly, do people realize how easy it is for the ‘powers that be’ to manipulate these people – who they are channeling – most are not going to be channelling who they think they are. Anyway, regardless of this, what purpose does it serve to listen to a ‘channeler’ telling you about unsubstantiated info about ‘ET races’ – how does this help humanity evolve and break free from this Satanic Slave System and understand the tactics of the Zionists and Freemasons. Are these ‘channelers’ telling you any useful practical information regarding this planet. Nearly all are just distracting you. One more thing related to Bashar, he goes on about hybrid children – not human children, but hybrid children. Our human children are getting poisoned, abused, sacrificed and eaten on this planet! We do not need to worry about hybrid children! And this woman Bridget Nielsen aligns herself with Bashar and promotes making a safe place for the hybrid children to live. She also says that she has had sex with reptilians and it was great. Do you know who aligned themselves with this woman? – Corey Goode did. He is good ‘friends’ with her and does videos with her – it’s networks of Controlled Opposition – psyops linked together. Anyway, there is absolutely no benefit to humanity in the people making these statements and predictions with dates about big changes – the only purpose can be to dis-empower and pacify humanity – there is nothing else it can do. I would take them with less than a pinch of salt, and be suspicious of those who are making them – especially as all the statements so far have been wrong. And carry on researching, and carry on trying to make a positive and practical difference to this planet – and carry on learning about all the fake terrorism and fake shootings, the controlled opposition agents, the CIA limited hangouts, the Zionists, the Freemasons. Question everything and don’t stop learning. We need to become informed critical thinkers and then to come together somehow and make changes. Early ET abductions, Milabs researchers and whistleblowers The whole UFO field has been infiltrated by Controlled Opposition. Some of the first researchers like Barbara Bartholic and Dr Karla Turner appeared to be doing some diligent and credible research and investigations exposing the nefarious ETs – but it looks like they were killed off. It looks like was Phil Schneider as well, who seemed to be exposing some important information – and then the UFO field was then further flooded with agents (it’s always been controlled). We did have some testimonies that felt somewhat credible in the Milab, Secret Space Ops and Black Ops area, years ago – but now, in the two or three years or so, this area of research seems to filled with agents and disinfo. (Update: After completing further research I actually think these people mentioned in this paragraph were also controlled – See my ‘Ufology Explained’ article on this website.) Trump and Putin As I mentioned earlier one of the areas I spend a lot of time researching is all the fake terrorism. Some questions for people who believe Putin is some kind of savour: Why did Putin play along with, and essentially endorse, at least two fake terrors acts. Firstly the fake shooting of the Russian Ambassador in Berlin – it’s totally fake, research it – watch Ole Dammegard’s video on it, for starters. And Putin also endorses the St Petersburg Metro bombing – again, a staged drill passed of as real – fake. There are videos about these fake events in a playlist on my youtube channel. Why is Putin endorsing these fake deceiving acts, as well as playing along with other fake terrorism from around the world? Truth seekers who go far down the rabbit hole suggest that Putin is just playing a role – that pretty much all these western leaders are just playing their roles. I would also suggest he is just playing a role for the Zionists and their NWO agenda – and I certainly do not trust someone who deceives humanity like this. Putin also has a history of Jewish and Zionist connections, he is ex KGB, does huge tech and trade deals with Israel, glorifies the ‘Soviet Union’ and the ‘Red Army’, and he does not come out and condemn Netenyahu and Israel on a great many issues… and he hasn’t ended Debt Slavery/Usury in his country (which leaders who truly want to look after their people will always do). A link to an interesting article about Putin, and how he is not the saviour some people think he is: Puppet Putin: A collection of doubts around Putin’s credibility as opposition to the JWO agenda Putin has also made it illegal for people to question the holocaust in his country! Where’s the Free Speech?! ((The Truth Does Not Fear Investigation)). From my research I have found no evidence that any gas chambers were used or that any Jews died in gas chambers – there is lots of research which point to the fact that the gassing did not occur. Watch some Fred Leuchter (The Leuchter Report), David Irving, Ernst Zundel, David Cole and Dennis Wise videos on this subject for starters. The people you see dead in the videos and photos died from diseases such as Typhus, this was due to the allied bombings towards the end of the war, which took out the supply infrastructures in Germany, which meant medicine and food could not get to the work camps. Diseases spread quickly. The lies surrounding these camps is shocking. Its propaganda by the Zionists to try to gain sympathy for their Zionist agendas. I could go on about this subject and the lies we have been told about Hitler, WW2 and Germany’s National Socialism, but you can research it yourself. I also recommend the video: ‘Adolf Hitler – The Greatest story Never Told’ by Dennis Wise – this can get you started if you don’t know about this subject, you can watch it on YouTube. This link below will take you to a site with comprehensive evidence that the ‘holocaust’ did not occur: Holocaust Deprogramming Course (Another mention of David Icke and how he is controlled opposition. There is always lots of anti-Nazi rhetoric from Icke. He still perpetuates the total myth that Nazis used fluoride on people on the Jews in the WW2 work camps. Icke also suggests that Hitler and the Germans were involved in creating these poisonous vaccines we are given – which is lies. Icke does not even mention that the ‘Nazis’ never called themselves ‘Nazi’s’, and that they were actually called The National Socialist German Workers Party (NSDAP) – the term ‘Nazi’ was actually invented by a jewish man called Konrad Heiden as a slur and disparaging term – and has since been used for the Zionist owned media’s anti-Hitler and anti-National Socialist propaganda. Icke also doesn’t expose the Dresden firebombings and the Rhine Meadows death camps – these horrific war crimes carried out on millions of innocent Germans. He doesn’t highlight how Hitler and The NSDAP miraculously transformed Germany by getting rid of the Jewish bankers influence and by printing their own money. And he doesn’t expose the biggest lie of the them all: The Holocuast Hoax. Again, David Icke is controlled opposition) Now to Trump: he is of course endorsed and praised by Putin. And in case anyone does not realize, Trump is exposed as an obvious Zionist. Look at what he has said about Israel… shocking… 100 percent backing for Israel he said… wow… supporting this disgraceful regime that is taking part in the incremental genocide of Palestinians. As well as this, look at Trumps behaviour related to visiting Israel and Netanyahu. (These Zionists have never had any right to Palestine – and The Palestinians are the semites.) And who has Trump surrounded himself with politically? I will tell you who: Loads of confirmed Zionists! Putin is friendly with and has endorsed and praised a very obvious Zionist … hmmm… what does all this suggest to you? Concluding Thoughts One of the purposes of this article is for people to become aware of what Controlled Opposition and Limited Hangouts Operations are – and to question all those people who suggest that they are insiders. Look for the signs – and one of the signs is that they start making statements of when great change will occur and attempt to pacify and disempower with various articles and statements. There are so many people out there who will try to catch you and distract you, feed you some disinfo. The way I see it is that one of the things they are distracting you from is all the fake terrorism: crisis actors are used – they are staged drills passed off as real, CGI is also used – I have been researching these fake events for over two years now. Who owns the media and sets up these events – it’s the Zionists and Freemasons. I have followed a whole community of people who were dismantling all these fake events on Youtube. So many of them have had their channels taken down for questioning these events and explaining to others how they are obviously fake (luckily most of them just make a new channel and come back). No one else I have followed is having their channels taken down – only the people questioning these events and people questioning and exposing the Zionists and Freemasons – as Youtube is owned by the Zionists of course. Far more offensive channels are left up. Anyway… Three of the most obvious phony fake hoax events: the Boston Bombing , Sandy Hook, Orlando Pulse nightclub shooting – if you can’t see or work out that these are totally fake events… then… well.. Speechless… And there are just so many more… so many Link to Article: False Flags – Fakes Shootings – Fake Terrorism – Psyops – Hoaxes – Freemasons – Zionists The fake events are one of their main tools for manipulating humanity. The powers that be (the zionists / jewish supremacists) can’t go around just blowing people up and killing people – you would get hundreds and thousands of very angry family members, large groups of very irate people to deal with, who would certainly question your homeland security – and also, karmically it’s not good for them – so you deceive the public with fake events. These ‘events’ put people in fear and they are also used to attempt to bring forth various agendas – gun control, martial law, armed police, automated travels systems, Islamophobia, World War 3 etc etc – essentially more and more control over us. Through all the UFO psyops ‘the powers that be’ are also trying to distract the awakening / alternative media community from the Zionists activities. When you go down the rabbit hole it leads to the Zionists, it just does – I believe there are definitely some ET races that are ultimately in control of this planet and governments – but in dealing with practicalities of day to day on Earth the Zionists tactics and agendas need to be understood… and all the lies they have told.. Israel / Zionists / the jews, this is where it all leads. They own hollywood, the corporations, the media… they are in charge. And they are trying to create conflict in the middle east – they are trying to destabilize that region, taker it over and essentially try to run this planet from there – from Israel. They also want to distract from the fake North Korean threat – that is fake – look at the fake Otto Warmbier case – so fake – and all the North Korean photoshopped pictures, just for starters. And the fake threat from Muslim fundamentalists – that is fake as well, there are not any muslim terrorists running around Europe or the US shouting ‘allahu akbar’ and killing people – again, these events are fake and set up by the Freemasonic and Zionists. I am not saying there aren’t some groups of young Muslim men causing trouble in Europe, after all this mass immigration – as this is the case – but they aren’t running around and blowing things up – they aren’t running people over in cars and shooting people… these ‘terrorist events’ are fake… crisis actors. They also want to distract you from what is going on in Palestine – it is just shocking what has been done to the Palestinian people. And, we of course, know that Israel was the main force behind 9/11. I realise that I have gone from the Controlled Opposition in the alternative media to the Zionists – that is how this article evolved – and it is not surprising because all the problems on this planet seem to lead to the Zionists and the jewish supremacists / International Jewry. And don’t take my word for it on any of this – research it yourself – I am confident in my conclusions regarding all the players, but you need to come to your own conclusions through investigation, but please always bare in mind that these people who call themselves ‘insiders’ or someone ‘in the know’ could well be Controlled Opposition – and may well be subtly deceiving, manipulating, distracting, pacifying, disempowering you… and have certain other agendas. It is scary to think about how much Controlled Opposition is out there. Most of these Controlled Opposition operatives are there to keep you distracted, to get hooked on their stories so you don’t work out what the Zionists are trying to do. So I will conclude with an overview of some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas. A brief overview of just some of the Satanic Freemasonic Jewish Zionist New World Order agendas: They would like to take away all American citizens guns so they can take over that very significant country. Hence why there are so many fake hoax shootings to try and bring this to fruition. (Sandy Hook, Virginia Reporter, Orlando Pulse Nightclub, Mandalay Las Vegas etc etc) They would like to also have automated vehicles, taking away millions of jobs and hugely increasing their control over humanity. They also want more restricted driving in cities, using electronic bollards that they control etc. Again, hence why we have all this fake hoax terrorist acts of people being run down by cars, vans or lorries. (Nice France, Stockholm Sweden, Times Square, Melbourne Australia etc etc) They also want to bring in 5G towers which will be so incredibly harmful to all of humanity. They want to increase the use of artificial intelligence in all areas of life – which is going to be hugely damaging to humanity in so many ways. People must remember that all this technology is being used against humanity. They want genderfluid androgynous type beings ( just like the ‘baphomet’ they worship ) – they want to promote homosexuality and transgender people – and move humanity away from being strong masculine men or nurturing feminine females – as this is a threat to them. They want to destroy Family in the Western Developed Nations (i.e mainly White Nations). Through the use of poisons in vaccines, poisons in food, poisons in water, pharmaceutical drugs, chemtrails, EMFs etc they want to make us sick, weak and infertile. They want all nations, races and cultures to merge and interbreed. The Zionists/International Jewry create all the immigration on purpose. They particularly want to destroy the White Race – research The Kalergi Plan. White Genocide is one of their biggest agendas. Read my articles on this site: one about (((Multiculturalism))) and one about being Racially Conscious. They are hugely threatened by patriotic and nationalistic countries who want independence from the Zionist Bankers. Hence why Gaddafi and Hitler were taken out and so many lies have been spread about them, even though they were looking after the people in their country – and to do this they were breaking away from the jewish banking cartels (Central banks). They want to keep us in fear and they want more and more control over us… they have so many more tactics and agendas… And of course, the Zionists want to run the world from the Middle East, hence why they go to great lengths to destabilize that region and to eradicate the Palestinians. They want to rebuild Solomon’s Temple on the Temple Mount in Jerusalem and rule over the ‘Goyim’. As well as all this, understanding the lies told to us about the Second World War, Hitler and Germany is hugely important. My article below has information in it that will help you to become informed about the Satanic Zionists and the lies we have been told about Hitler, National Socialism and WW2. There is a great deal of evidence for all of this, it’s all over the internet now – and many books have been written about it. And again, my article on Zionism contains a lot of information, links, quotes and videos. Humanity needs to come together and rise up against these Zionists. It’s not the Illuminati – it is the Satanic Zionist Jews. “And we in the real Truth movement are aware that we are not up against a NWO, or the Illuminati, but a Jew World Order. With International Jewry pulling all the strings.” — https://diggerfortruth.wordpress.com This New World Order is absolutely a jewish agenda. This New World Order agenda all comes from the jewish doctrines and scriptures (the Talmud, the Kaballah, the Zohar, The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion)… it is also written about and spoken about by many jewish scholars … it’s all there… no escaping from it, this is where it originates from… not difficult to work it out really… (If you haven’t, then you have to study the Talmud and learn what it says about non-jews (goyim)… and The Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion explain the whole NWO agenda and how they are doing it) I mean come on, it really is obvious – all the Central Banks are jewish run, Hollywood (Pedophile central degenerate Hollyweird) is totally run by jews – the lying media networks are totally run and owned by jews… anyway various other articles on this website explain all this. Zionism is the term we are allowed to use, to some degree, but the reality is that it is International Jewry and Judaism that want this One World Government / New World Order – and International Jewry is very obviously behind the Open Borders and Globalisation. We must stop the Open Borders before many unique races and cultures are destroyed. “The “Jewish revolutionary spirit” , as it has been called, operates on an insidious agenda of social overthrow under the false pretences of making a better world. The Jewish ideal of tikkam olam, “fixing the world,” is not the benevolent program it pretends to be. Its actual aim is to enable total Jewish dominance of the Goyim, the non-Jewish nations, and centralization of all wealth and power in the Jewish elite… The trajectory of history over three millennia shows that Jews have been centrally involved in the corruption and destruction of many civiilizations.” – John Lash We must all become more conscious and see through all the lies – we must become aware of how this prison/slave planet really works and all the secret societies agendas. In particular we must understand the Jews / Zionists and Freemasons (Masons) agendas – their striving for a ‘New World Order’. We must understand their tactics, such as the their staging of fake terrorist events, divided and conquer psyops, chemtrails, the Kalergi Plan – etc etc… so many other tactics that they use to manipulate humanity and the collective consciousness. I recommend researching the Protocols of the Learned Elders of Zion – there is a summary of what these protocols involve in the article about Zionism below – this Zionism article I keep mentioning is the most important article on this website. Love is important and inspiring – but unfortunately the saying ‘All you need is Love’ is not true – you need knowledge, you need to be informed, you need to know who your oppressors are. Reading the article below and also understanding these Protocols will definitely help you to understand why the world is the way it is. The Power-base of the elite Jews / Zionists is Usury – i.e the Central Banks and the debt-slave system. To me it seems like that until we take away their Debt Slavery power-base we are just papering over cracks, nothing will really change – this debt slavery is obscene and totally unnecessary and needs to stop – it is the root cause of humanity’s suffering. People do not seem to realize that countries thrive when they print their own money – when they control their own debt-free currency. It is easy to create an extremely healthy, happy and abundant country when you do this, when you get rid of Usury. Here is a link to a book about this – describing the various leaders and countries that did this. The book also describes who it was that put an end to each countries prosperity – the book clearly demonstrates it was always the Jewish Bankers: A History of Central Banking & The Enslavement of Mankind Too many people are getting distracted by Controlled Opposition agents, with their pacifying stories and disinfo. As well as seeing through all the lies and manipulations we must come up with solutions and make changes. I hope some of this information may prove useful to you. End. **** Links to related posts: The Controlled Opposition - Disinformation Network is vast - Fulford is part of this campaign http://entityart.co.uk/controlled-opposition-david-wilcock-corey-goode-darryl-anka-bashar-benjamin-fulford-cobra-edward-snowden-julian-assange-trump-putin-ufology-alternative-media-psyop/
    ENTITYART.CO.UK
    Controlled Opposition – David Wilcock, Corey Goode, Darryl Anka (Bashar), Benjamin Fulford, Cobra, Edward Snowden, Julian Assange, Trump, Putin – Ufology – Alternative Media
    Controlled Opposition – Corey Goode, Cobra, Bashar (Darryl Anka), David Wilcock, Benjamin Fulford, David Icke, Edward Snowden, Trump, Putin etc… (I used a picture of ‘Ashtar&#8217…
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 5960 Views
  • The Idlib terror gangs explained
    The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria

    vanessa beeley

    This article was co-written by myself and Syrian military researcher and analyst Ibrahim Wahdi (now a journalist with Press TV) a couple of years ago . I wanted to republish to demonstrate the complex military situation on the ground in Syria as I will be shortly providing a summary of the situations in all conflict zones still remaining across Syria.

    Some of the positions may have changed and shifted but these changes are part of the fabric of ongoing negotiations in Syria led by Damascus, Russia, Iran and now Iraq which is trying to broker normalisation between Syria and Turkiye which must include the full withdrawal of Turkish military and proxy terrorist forces from the areas of northern Syria they have annexed and occupied.

    I believe Syria is now fighting to push back the terrorist forces from all areas of central Syria (ISIS) and areas north-west of Aleppo (Al Qaeda etc) in order to end any potential threat should the war with Israel escalate and expand into the region. I will go into more detail in the next article.

    *****

    Syria and the interconnected Turkish neo-Ottoman agenda in northern Syria.

    The role of Russia and its collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army is explored in depth and the areas where there is the greatest potential for conflict are revealed.

    The war in Syria is not over and there are many UK/US-backed terrorist shifting alliances to be taken into account as part of the geopolitical power game that is now entering its most dangerous stage.

    The tipping points are on multiple axes and it will take a great deal of political and military brinkmanship from Damascus and her allies to restore peace to Syria.

    WARLORD CONFLICT IN IDLIB

    Al Qaeda affiliate Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham (HTS) deployed its most powerful weapons and equipment, opened its depots and engaged the elite ‘Asa’ib’ fighters in the battles for Mount Al-Turkman.

    The last 28 members of Jund Allah (God’s soldiers), led by “Abu Fatima Al Turki” were expelled from the mountain. These fighters had been responsible for the killing of 9 HTS and the kidnapping of more than 10 gang members but they escaped safely.

    Muslim Abu Walid Al-Shishani (Murad Margoshivili), and his armed group “Junod Al Sham” have also fled the mountain after violent clashes with HTS. Murad’s brother “Abu Musa Al-Shishani” was captured trying to flee to Turkey and held at a Turkish checkpoint.

    Junod al-Sham was established in 2012 under the leadership of Muslim Al-Shishani. The majority of fighters were from the Caucasus countries. The group never exceeded 300 members. Almost half of them left with the defection of “Abu Omar al-Shishani” when he pledged allegiance to terrorist group ISIS in 2013.


    HTS is headed up by Abu Mohammed Al Jolani recently platformed in a Frontline interview in an apparent attempt to rebrand Jolani as viable Syrian opposition not the extremist violent former Al Qaeda leader he really is.

    Al Jolani’s battles with the Junod Al Sham, Jund Allah and Guardians of Religion gangs must be viewed in the context of the bombings and suicide vehicle operations that have targeted Turkish military points and patrols since the last military operation of the Syrian Arab Army in the area that ended with a ceasefire on March 5, 2021.

    The latest attack was on October 16th 2021 when a Turkish patrol was targeted killing two soldiers and injuring two more.

    Such tactics were adopted by unknown organizations such as the “Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq Brigades”. Al Jolani accused these splinter groups of conducting these attacks to secure Turkish support.

    The groups accused Jolani of using the attacks to blame unaffiliated groups in Idlib because he was seeking a monopoly in Idlib with Turkish backing. This is the gangs and counter gangs scenario that has been a hallmark of the US Coalition armed group activities in Syria since 2011.

    Here comes the Turkistan Islamic Party‘s (TIP) role. TIP consists primarily of al-Qaeda loyalists, originally from Xinjiang Province, northwest China (Uighurs).

    TIP has made a deal with Taliban leaders in cooperation with Turkish intelligence (MIT) to transport Junod Al-Sham and Jund Allah groups and leaders, alongside other terrorist fighters, to Afghanistan through Turkey according to local sources. The “Azm” operation room in Afrin has denied any existence of these groups despite having received them after they fled Idlib.



    BUT HOW WOULD THAT AFFECT IDLIB NOW?

    In order to understand and predict, we must first know who’s left in Idlib, their allegiances and their importance.

    Jihadist factions reconciled with HTS:

    “Jaysh al-Badia” and Jaysh al-Malahem, two small jihadist factions, whose first and last allegiance is to al-Qaeda, defected from HTS in late 2017, due to its separation from al-Qaeda, but recently returned under its wing.

    “Sham al-Islam” faction, which is stationed in Mount al-Turkman, northeast of Lattakia, and includes about 400 fighters, 150 of which are Moroccan leaders and fighters, in addition to 50 Sudanese, while the rest are Syrians.

    “Ansar al-Tawhid” faction, was formed in March of 2018, in Sarmin town in Idlib, from the remnants of the “Jund al-Aqsa” organization (that launched a war against several jihadist factions, which hastened its elimination). They pledged allegiance to al-Qaeda and joined the operations room ” Rouse the Believers” before declaring its independence from everyone in a statement issued on May 03, 2020.

    “Ajnad al-Caucasus“, led by Abdul Malik al-Shishani, was one of the most prominent organizations that fought the Syrian Arab Army and its allies during the SAA campaign to liberate southern Idlib and northern Hama. Battles were halted by a ceasefire agreement on March 05, 2020, when the group suffered heavy losses, with no more than 250 fighters remaining (according to local sources) forcing it to retreat.

    These groups do not pose a threat to HTS at the present time due to understandings between the leaders of the groups and HTS command:

    The “Albanian Brigade” (Xhemati Alban), an independent group led by the Macedonian Abu Qatada al-Albani, was established in 2013, and includes jihadists from the Balkan countries Macedonia, Kosovo and Albania, in addition to some Saudis and Syrians.

    Its fighters are trained in all types of medium and heavy weapons. They formed a special squad of Albanian snipers. They currently operate in Kabana in the countryside of Latakia. The ideological orientation of the battalion is similar to HTS and Al-Qaeda, and it maintains a good relationship with HTS without engaging in internal hostilities.

    The Salafist “Salah al-Din al-Kurdi Movement“, which began its activity in Syria in 2012, and is now deployed in Mont al-Akrad in Latakia’s northern countryside. The movement has its own training camp and local sources have informed the author that there is evidence that Qatar and Turkey are the bankrollers of the group. This claim is borne out by the fact that Turkey gave them a training camp in Afrin and they have close ties to the Muslim Brotherhood which is sponsored predominantly by Qatar.

    Its members are professional soldiers, and most of them hail from eastern Turkey, in addition to Syrian, Iraqi and Iranian Kurdish fighters. These Kurdish factions believe in the Sunni Muslim roots of the Kurds and aim to expand their influence throughout the Syrian Kurdish communities.

    “The Kurdish Immigrants of Iran’s Sunnis Movement”, the only Kurdish group that pledged allegiance to HTS. Most of its fighters come from northwestern Iran. Its fighters are fierce and highly trained, and guard important points in the Kabanah area. Additionally they deploy mobile offensive combat groups to guard some points of Mount al-Zawiya, south of Idlib City. The movement is led by “Abu Safiya al-Kurdi”, who participated in a meeting organised by al-Jolani with a number of Kurdish Salafist leaders in an Idlib mosque in mid-June.

    Islamist factions opposed to HTS:

    Al-Ghuraba Division (Strangers), which is deployed west of Idlib, and is led by the French-Senegalese jihadist ” Omar Omsen ” (Omar Diaby), who was previously arrested by HTS in August 2020 and his son Bilal was also arrested in late 2021. The French authorities accuse him of recruiting 80% of the French-speaking jihadists who went to Syria or Iraq.

    “Rouse the Believers Operations Room“, which was established in October 2018, and includes:

    – “Ansar al-Din Front” led by Abu Salah al-Uzbeki (Siraj al-Din Mukhtarov), from the Kyrgyz Republic. Founder and commander of the “Uzbek” battalion within HTS and the mastermind of the St Petersburg metro terrorist attack in Russia in 2017. He was arrested by HTS after his defection to Ansar al-Din in June 2020 and released in March 2021.

    – “Ansar al-Islam” faction, Kurdish Salafist group stationed in the vicinity of Jisr al-Shughour, west of Idlib, and in the Dower al-Akrad within the al-Ghab Plain, west of Hama. Around 200 members – majority Iraqi Kurds along with Syrian, Turkish and Iranian Kurdish fighters. It was founded in 2001 in northern Iraq (Iraqi Kurdistan) and fought against a number of Kurdish parties. It is considered the most fanatic among the Kurdish Salafist groups in Idlib, and the most powerful. One of its goals is to establish an Islamic state governed by Sharia Law.

    – “Guardians of Religion“, affiliated with Al-Qaeda, which was established in 2018 after defection from HTS. “Al-Zawahiri” recently complimented the group after they carried out a terrorist operation in western Damascus, on August 04, 2020 – The armed group announced in a statement that one of its divisions blew up a bus carrying officers of the “Republican Guard” in the capital, as part of the “Battle of Al-Usra” series, in “solidarity with the people of Daraa”.

    The group was considered to “devote itself to ‘jihad’ work inside the capitol (Damascus)”. Today the group is going through a difficult transition. Its leaders have been repeatedly targeted by US drones, giving the US the opportunity of testing its new tactical weapon such as Hellfire missile, (which indicates the hidden intelligence cooperation between al-Julani and the CIA),

    Frequent battles with Al Jolani on the ground in Syria have also reduced the number of fighters in the group. The organization included about 2,000 fighters of different nationalities when it was founded, but now that is less than 100.

    These factions are most likely to be the next target of Al-Jolani’s campaign to eliminate competition in Idlib and northern Syria.

    ISLAMIST FACTIONS COLLABORATING WITH HTS

    Perhaps the most prominent of the HTS allies is the aforementioned “Turkistan Islamic Party” or TIP, led by “Abu Suleiman al-Turkistani”. These are the Uighur Al Qaeda loyalists from Xinjiang Province in northwest China. TIP comprises around 8000 fighters who are distinguished by their savagery and combat prowess.

    TIP follows the HTS policies closely and secured the exit of extremist fighters from Mount Al Turkman during recent battles. It is unlikely that TIP will clash with HTS after violent disputes between the two groups.

    Al Jolani brought the TIP to heel and claimed that China was providing weapons to Damascus to eliminate them in Idlib and Hama countryside. This claim forced the TIP to reduce their presence in the main cities and to withdraw their families to the ‘refugee’ camps on the Syria-Turkey borders near the town of Harem.

    The importance of the party lies in its affiliation with the Muslim Brotherhood, which allowed it to establish strong relations with Turkey, Taliban and HTS at the same time. It is directly hostile to China. In September 2002 the US Treasury Department placed TIP on the list of terrorist organisations.

    Trump later removed the organisation from the list as part of the ramping up of US pressure on China for alleged “human rights” abuses against the Uighur population.

    There remain a handful of small independent groups of foreign extremist fighters and groups who will face one of two fates. Either to be subjugated or neutralized in order for Jolani to achieve absolute control over Idlib governorate. This is in preparation for a full integration with the factions under the umbrella of the Turkish-backed so-called Syrian National Army.

    This will complete the rebranding and recycling of HTS – a Turkish-UK-led agenda in northern Syria according to a ‘diplomatic source’ who informed Russian media, TASS in May 2021 that MI6 was involved in the project:

    The British side suggested that the Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham group (outlawed in Russia, also known as Jabhat al-Nusra) should announce plans to abandon subversive activities against Western countries and build close cooperation with them […] Mohammad al-Julani received recommendations to give an interview to an American reporter in order to create a positive image for the alliance that he heads and rehabilitate it in the future. There are plans to engage some of the UK’s allies, primarily the US, in efforts aimed at rebranding the al-Nusra group.”

    WHAT IS AL JOLANI’S ENDGAME IN IDLIB?

    Al Jolani is trying to prove to everyone, especially Turkey, that he is the only one capable of controlling Idlib province from a security and military perspective. Idlib can be described as another “Tora-Bora” with embedded terrorist organisations comprising some of the most deadly foreign mercenaries.

    Jolani is working on a reputation as the supreme warlord dissolving minor groups or reining in the more powerful factions. This is probably one of the main reasons that Jolani has not been assassinated by US/UK allied intelligence agencies, he is a useful asset in the last remaining terrorist-controlled pocket of north-west Syria.

    Jolani’s agenda directly overlaps that of Turkish President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan – to persuade Western countries to remove HTS from the UN and US terrorist list by demonstrating Jolani’s willingness to “fight terrorism” and endorsing his claims that HTS has no desire to conduct terrorist operations against the US, UK or EU by limiting their terrorism to Syria and against the Syrian people.

    Jolani’s rebrand presents him as the only viable political solution in Idlib which serves Turkey’s neo-Ottoman ambitions to have control over strategic Syrian territory. Turkey can appear to be complying with Russian brokered agreements by ostensibly expelling terrorist groups from the de-escalation zones and securing the safety of the M4 (Aleppo to Latakia road).

    Put simply, any group not complying with Jolani’s authority must be eradicated, prior to the great merger between the “Salvation Government” and the Turkish backed “National Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces“.

    THE LEVANT FRONT

    Here we cannot ignore the “Levant Front” (LF), the largest faction of the “National Army” based in the countryside of Aleppo. The LF has formed a rival alliance to HTS in north-west Syria. It seeks to embrace the majority of political ‘opposition’ institutions in the areas of Aleppo countryside under its control combined with coordination with local armed groups to develop a shadow state in Idlib.

    LF influence has expanded significantly since early 2021. The LF headquarters near the Bab Al Salama crossing has become a destination for the leaders of the National Coalition. LF recently hosted the commander of the so-called “Syrian Islamic Council“, Sheikh Osama Abdel Karim al-Rifai.

    The battle for power in Idlib has resulted in a new factional map. HTS dismantling and restructuring of the “Ahrar al-Sham” (AS) movement, -which once represented an anti-HTS project- has pushed many AS members to defect and join the ranks of the LF seeking ideological synergy. Since early 2021 LF has received more than 900 AS terrorist fighters led by Alaa Faham who will form a brigade under the LF umbrella to confront HTS in the Aleppo countryside.

    In July 2021, the LF formed a new military alliance separate to the National Army and the Interim Government or “Azm Operations Room”. The majority of factions operating in Aleppo countryside have joined the new coalition and present a considerable threat to HTS supremacy in Idlib.

    Two months after the formation of the “Syrian Front for Liberation” (SFI) led by Al-Mu’tasim Abbas, the “Suqur Al Shamal Brigade” and the “20th Division” have defected and joined Azm increasing numbers to an estimated forty thousand comprising more than 15 factions deployed throughout northern Syria. This leaves SFL with only 3 factions and ten thousand fighters.

    The supposed Islamist project of the LF, its military alliance leadership and its expansionist policies in northwestern Syria do not automatically mean that it is preparing for a new round of conflict with HTS.

    On the contrary, we may witness a dramatic increase in coordination between the two powerful factions in various fields. De facto the LF alliance may facilitate the settlement of issues with Jolani which will pave the way for broader collaboration in the future.

    Russia is opposed to any political solution in the region that includes HTS. Russian and Turkish delegations have met several times in the border areas after the Erdogan-Putin summit in September 2021.

    Russia has requested a Turkish withdrawal from the eastern countryside of Idlib between the cities of Idlib and Saraqeb. This leaves Turkish forces in Idlib two options. First to repel any ground attack by the Syrian Arab Army which would result in serious losses for Turkish military, second to wait for the impending Syrian/Russian military campaign to liberate Idlib from terrorist occupation. The second option could result in Turkish bases being besieged as happened in 2019 and 2020.

    Local sources indicate that the Turkish military divisions in Idlib, especially south of the M4, have reinforced their bases and closed some main roads with engineering barriers. The Syrian leadership intends to regain control over southern and western Idlib to secure the M4 and perhaps advance towards Idlib city.

    There is potential for similar deals to be implemented as were recently successful in Daraa, south of Damascus city.

    The collaboration between LF and HTS is not a recent phenomenon. They were previously limited to the terrorist economy – fuel trade, crossing control, checkpoints but have developed considerably since the end of 2020.

    Certain opposition media outlets have reported that the two parties are coordinating in the security and military sectors. The Levant Front received officials and high ranking leaders from HTS in Azaz. A joint camp was recently established between Jolani’s forces and Sheikh Juma’a LF forces in the village of “Maabatli” as a trial military collaborative project.

    TURKISH MILITARY OPERATIONS AND THE ERDOGAN CONUNDRUM

    Turkey has weaponised the Muslim Brotherhood to expand military intervention in Syria, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Tunisia, Afghanistan and Libya.

    Turkey is suffering the repercussions of these neo-Ottoman ambitions with internal issues that include an economic crisis, refugee influx and a declining Turkish Lira.

    This has severely affected Erdogan’s popularity and combined with his deteriorating health, Turkish opposition parties are seeing an opportunity to win the upcoming elections in 2023 based on the resolution of the refugee issue as a primary concern for the majority of Turkish people.

    A Turkish journalist specializing in American affairs, Bahar Feyzan, had leaked information about Biden and Erdogan meeting on the sidelines of the G-20 conference in Rome recently, including the advice of US President Joe Biden to Erdogan to withdraw from running for the upcoming elections, saying, “Take your health condition as an excuse to leave politics.”

    Recent analysis by Steven A. Cook for Foreign Policy, covered the leak of media reports that claim Erdogan’s intention is to transfer authority to Defense Minister Hulusi Akar in case of any deterioration in his health, with a cabinet reshuffle and the appointment of Akar as First Vice President.

    Erdogan is fearful, under pressure and sick, and he appears to have no other options but to export his problems abroad in order to survive. The Kurdish problem in particular has always been an existential threat to Turkish national security, which makes it the easiest card for Erdogan to play including securing internal authorisation to send military forces to Syria and Iraq for an additional two years.

    With the increase in operations targeting Turkish soldiers in several areas, and the US-backed Kurdish Contra (SDF) non-compliance with the Turkish-Russian agreement in Sochi 2019, Erdogan is promoting a military campaign in north-east Syria to be conducted on four axes with an army of 35,000 comprising extremist mercenaries and Turkish armed forces.

    Erdogan summoned leaders of the interventionist operations – “Euphrates Shield”, “Peace Spring” and “Olive Branch” including the National Army to a meeting in Ankara to determine frontlines and strategy of the latest attempt to quell SDF influence in northern Syria.

    In addition to “Menagh” air base near Azaz, Turkey considers Ayn al-Arab (Kobani) among its main priorities, to cut SDF’s strategic support lines between Qamishli-Manbij-Kobani. This would ensure a direct link between Ras al-Ain and Tal Abyad with the Euphrates Shield areas.

    The National Army has sent several military convoys through Turkey to Darbasiyah near the Iraqi-Syrian border, in preparation for a military operation.

    NA leaders have announced the raising of combat readiness, and according to a military source in the National Army, the Turkish officers have informed them that Manbij will be a distraction axis, and the troops will advance towards Tal Tamr, Tal Rifaat, Ain Issa and Ayn Al-Arab, while Turkish reconnaissance planes dropped leaflets warning civilians to stay away from SDF military sites, and threatened a military invasion of the region.

    Practically, it is unlikely for Erdogan to risk a military adventure in northern Syria without international endorsement, especially in Tal Rifaat, where it might lead to a direct confrontation with Russia.

    Tal Rifaat is not a major stronghold for SDF, it is a strategic geographical target. It is also very close to Aleppo city which explains the Russian presence and recent large reinforcements sent by the Syrian Arab Army that include advanced T-90 tanks and BMP-2 armoured vehicles heading towards Malikiyah and Shawargha villages in northern Aleppo countryside. Both villages have experienced a violent exchange of shelling in the last few days.

    The most convenient scenario, for Turkey, if a military confrontation is unavoidable is for Tal Rifaat to be a distraction axis to keep the SDF militia pinned down there while the main operation would target between Tal Tamr – Ayn Issa and Manbij-Ayn Al-Arab because they are the major Kurdish strongholds.

    However Erdogan may refrain from military action altogether preferring to flex his muscles publicly by deploying tanks and forces in the area to trigger negotiations to share “security” in north-east Syria.

    Military action can be impeded by the imposition of a No Fly Zone over any area being considered for confrontation. Without Russian and US consent, Erdogan would be foolhardy to precipitate possible conflict with both. Reuters quoted a senior Turkish security official saying:

    The operation will start when all preparations are completed,” adding, “We are in coordination with Russia on the matter. The issue was addressed with the United States already,”.

    How true this claim is remains to be seen.

    Below is a video of a recent Turkish military convoy heading towards Tal Abyad:



    RUSSIA’S POSITION AND OBJECTIVES

    Russian Turkish relations are tense in Syria. Russia is unhappy with Turkish intervention in countries where Russia has geopolitical interests – Libya, Syria, Armenia, Ukraine.

    Ukraine used Turkish-manufactured UAVs against positions of eastern Ukraine forces affiliated with Russia.

    Russia has since sent a clear message by carrying out joint air exercises with the Syrian Arab Army in areas supposed to be Turkish targets for military invasion such as the vicinity of Tal Tamr, Tal Abyad and Ain Issa where the Russian flag has been raised.

    This is combined with auxiliary forces redeployment between the 93rd Brigade area and the Russian military base located in Tal Al-Samn. A big SAA reinforcement was sent to Manbij in preparation for another round of military exercises.

    This will complicate the situation for Erdogan who specifically wants Ain Issa due to its location on the M4 that links Latakia with Iraq through Aleppo and Hasaka in the north-east.

    Russia has also deployed the S400 air defense system at Qamishli Airport, along with twelve Su-34 bombers and five Su-35s, while the Syrian forces will deploy MiG-29, in addition to twelve Mi-8 helicopters and five Ka-52 Alligator at the Mitras military airfield, (30 km) south of Ayn al-Arab or as the US/Israeli-backed Kurdish separatists call it – “Kobani”.

    Despite the Turkish calls on Russia to cleanse Ayn al-Arab of Kurdish separatist militias, Russia does not favor the entry of the “National Army” into Ayn ​​al-Arab. It is keen to ensure the security of its military base in “Serrin”.

    Perhaps the clearest indication of repercussions for Erdogan-driven recklessness in northern Syria was the recent Syrian targeting of Sarmada which houses a communications headquarters for HTS.

    This was followed by airstrikes and artillery bombardment of Turkish-backed 23rd Division forces for several consecutive days and the targeting of camps and shelters of the Turkestan militias on the border strip with Turkey.

    We cannot separate the northeast from the northwest, as Russia may agree on a limited Turkish operation in exchange for parts of Mount al-Zawiya and the city of Jisr Al-Shughour, which is the most important part of the Turkish-Russian negotiation, especially if the Syrian-Kurdish negotiations fail.

    If liberated, the strategic areas of Mount Al-Zawiya and Jisr Al-Shughour will lead to the defeat of terrorism in a significant area of Idlib countryside. Regaining these areas is one of the most important military objectives of the Syrian Arab Army in the impending battles to secure the M4. The Russian Reconciliation Centre has been repeatedly announcing terrorist violations of the ceasefire agreement and the potential for the staging of a “chemical weapon attack” to provoke international outrage against the Syrian government.

    According to civilian sources:

    “More than 200 Turkish vehicles loaded with advanced weapons, ammunition and logistical materials entered Bab Al-Hawa and Khirbet al-Jawz crossings in two batches and deployed in the western countryside of Idlib and Mount al-Zawiya in order to strengthen its occupation points and provide direct support to terrorist organizations.”

    Watch – video of Turkish military vehicles entering Syria via the so-called ‘humanitarian’ crossing:



    The Turkish Humanitarian Relief Agency “IHH” announced the establishment of 16,239 briquette houses in Idlib Governorate. This is an indication of preparation for further displacement of civilians during an intensified military campaign.

    KURDISH-SYRIAN RAPPROCHEMENT

    With all the Turkish mobilization and media promotion of a huge Turkish military operation – waiting on international approval – the SDF has moved its most prominent military leaders from its headquarters adjacent to the Turkish border into the cities to protect them from the potential Turkish UAV attacks.

    The past few days have witnessed a remarkable rapprochement between the Democratic Union Party (the SDF backbone) Damascus and Russia. The SDF removed the “Al-Quwatli”, “Al-Shabab City” and “The Industrial School” checkpoints in Qamishli city.

    This lifts the longstanding siege on the security square of the Syrian forces in the city, which was imposed by the SDF after bloody confrontations erupted between the Kurdish units and the Syrian National Defense Forces back in April.

    The increasing Russian influence in the Syrian east and the American retreat, which is still in its early stages, means placing the fate of the SDF in the hands of Moscow not Washington.

    Despite the strenuous Russian efforts to reach a political solution with the Kurds, the US military presence is still a major obstacle. It is difficult to trust the Kurds who are divided among themselves and are far from autonomous having accepted US support to lay claim to Syrian territory.

    Damascus prioritises Syrian territorial integrity and a central governance structure. This would force the Kurdish Contras to hand the oil fields back to Damscus and to accept a similar agreement to Daraa. This would include the integration of Kurdish military into a Syrian military division similar to the Eighth Brigade of the Fifth Corps.

    The Kurdish factions are divided between those who lean towards the United States and a separate Kurdish state, while others seek to reach an agreement that guarantees some Kurdish rights, such as the language.

    The latter is in communication with Damascus to agree on a draft agreement between the Kurdistan Workers Party, the Democratic Union Party and the Syrian State. This would include the establishment of a joint military operations room for the Syrian Arab Army, SDF, Russian forces and other allies to repel any possible Turkish aggression, based on a statement from the Head of the National Initiative for Syrian Kurds, Omar Ossi to Al-Watan newspaper.

    According to Kurdish leaks a joint delegation of the Syrian Democratic Council and the Autonomous Administration headed by Ilham Ahmed visited Moscow, on Wednesday, September 15, 2021.

    Their meeting with the Special Envoy of the Russian President to the Middle East and Africa, Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov, put forward a proposal that recognised the legitimacy of the Syrian government and President Bashar al-Assad, would agree to raise the Syrian flag in the areas of the so-called Kurdish controlled Autonomous Administration, share the region’s oil imports – 75% for the central government and 25% for the Autonomous Administration – among other terms.

    Bogdanov informed the delegation that the only way to protect them is by cooperating with the Syrian Arab Army and the Syrian state directly to prevent a repeat Afrin scenario, when Kurds were ethnically cleansed by Turkish forces after the Kurds refused collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army in early 2018.

    In an interview with RT, the prominent leader of the Democratic Union Party (PYD), Aldar Khalil confirmed their readiness for dialogue with the Syrian state directly in Damascus, without going to Geneva. He added that:

    The resources and wealth in this region are not only ours. We do not have any intentions to monopolize them, but rather consider them a national treasure for all Syrians

    Khalil’s comments came days after the statements of Kurdistan Workers’ Party leader, Jamil Bayik, in an interview with Al-Nahar Al-Arabi newspaper where he said:

    Our relationship with Hafez al-Assad and his family was close and warm. We cannot be anti-Syria or anti-Assad. We have previously established our relations on the basis of the general interest of the Kurds and the Kurdish-Arab brotherhood. Now we want to be a party to such a relationship.

    These statements coincide with reports of an agreement between the Russian Reconciliation Center and SDF that provides for the handover of areas in the countryside of Deir ez-Zor to the Syrian Arab Army (Al-Shuhail, Al-Busira, Dhiban, Al-Hawaij, Al-Shafa, Al-Susa and Al-Baghouz).

    On Saturday 13th November the US pushed back against the Damascus-led negotiations with Washington’s Kurdish proxies. The official website of the SDF announced the arrival of US State Department officials and Ethan Goldrich – Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern Affairs – in north-east Syria. The US Officials met with the Commander in Chief of the SDF, Mazoum Abdi to discuss ‘humanitarian and security’ issues.

    On the same day the US Embassy in Syria Twitter account announced that it would stay in Syria to ensure the “ISIS threat is eliminated” which can be interpreted as a reassurance for the Kurdish separatists as rumours abound of a US withdrawal which would encourage Kurdish factions to negotiate with Damascus.

    US RELUCTANCE TO SUPPORT TURKISH MILITARY INVASION OF SYRIA

    It wouldn’t be easy for Turkey to get US consent for a military operation in light of the US-Turkish differences that were clearly manifested when the US Department of Defence (DoD) recently expelled Turkey from the F-35 project.

    Turkey had threatened to buy SU-35s from Russia. The Biden administration has extended sanctions imposed on Turkey due to its military operation against Kurdish forces in Syria in 2019 for another year.

    Brett McGurk, US Envoy for the coalition ‘fighting ISIS’, resigned from Trump’s administration in protest against Operation Peace Spring and would now be one of the fiercest opponents of any new Turkish military campaign in Syria. The US will not necessarily step in to protect the Kurdish proxies but Washington will oppose any Turkish threat to US supremacy and economic interests in the region.

    The US military convoy movement in and out of Syria have increased in the past two months. The majority of these convoys come in empty and go back loaded with stolen oil. They are also involved in kidnapping civilians through airdrop operations in the countryside of Deir Ezzor and Al-Hasakah in the north-east.

    The “International Coalition” has recently transferred another batch of ISIS prisoners of foreign nationalities from the Industrial School prison in the Ghweran neighborhood in Al-Hasakah city to its base in Al-Shaddadi city south of Al-Hasakah.

    All these transfer and airdrop operations raise questions. Where are these prisoners going next? Are all these airdrops just to kidnap people or to extract valuable assets?

    CONCLUSIONS

    Between the Biden-Erdogan meeting, the Russian-Syrian military exercises and the SAA reinforcements in northern Syria, there are clear messages to be read:

    It is not just about Biden or European rejection of Erdogan. The transnational corporatocracy is tired of Erdogan’s neo-Ottomanism. His expansionist ambitions and blatant interference in multiple foreign state affairs, his weaponization of the refugee crisis and subsequent blackmailing of Europe, are all factors that make him a universal threat.

    It is very clear that Erdogan wants full or partial control of the M4. He knows that once he loses this leverage he will have no cards in his hand for negotiation. If Erdogan chooses to occupy alternative areas of Syrian territory he may find it will bring more problems than solutions. North of the M4 is agricultural, has no resources to plunder but is occupied by disparate and unruly terrorist groups.

    Once the M4 is fully liberated by the SAA, the only remaining prize to be claimed by Erdogan is Al Jolani himself who believes the Taliban model is achievable in Idlib and who is clearly an asset to US Coalition intelligence agencies as the new “Bin Laden”. Perhaps there is even potential of Al Jolani being squeezed out of Idlib and turning his attention to southern Turkey for his ideologically supremacist project?

    The regions of northern Syria are within Russia’s political calculations and any possible agreement with Washington will not authorize Turkey to launch attacks without a Russian green light which is very unlikely. Therefore any military operation will be limited and only Turkish-backed proxies will be used to conduct the unlawful military operations of Turkey’s criminal leadership.

    Russia has stressed to Turkey the need for military, security and political coordination in the ongoing difficult negotiations between the two sides. Washington has withdrawn from supporting the SDF except in the pseudo fight against ISIS in the north.

    Russia presents itself as an alternative ally to the SDF capable of mediating between them and Turkey to prevent military conflict. Russia also perceives itself as the international guarantor of security and stability in the region in preparation for a US withdrawal destined to return Syrian resources to the Syrian government and people after years of US Coalition occupation and theft.

    Despite the Turkish military build-up and the rapid developments, no one can indicate a zero hour for any military operation. It is obviously under negotiations between the three countries, and while some people rush to criticize, denounce, reject and deny the ongoing events in northern Syria, many forget that it is not about moods or wishes, and no one can predict any scenario or believe any news without first knowing the facts on the ground.

    With a complete international, regional and internal consensus to resolve the files of eastern and western Euphrates within a great settlement in the Middle East, the facts on the ground and the emerging political factors impose inevitable war on those who reject a peaceful solution or try to obstruct it.

    Northern Syria will almost certainly be the epicentre of fierce battles, military and political, that will determine the fate of Syria now and in the future. The final word rests with the Syrian Arab Army and allies and how they navigate the increasingly complex network of groups and alliances to achieve their objectives for Syria.

    ****

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146102372
    The Idlib terror gangs explained The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria vanessa beeley This article was co-written by myself and Syrian military researcher and analyst Ibrahim Wahdi (now a journalist with Press TV) a couple of years ago . I wanted to republish to demonstrate the complex military situation on the ground in Syria as I will be shortly providing a summary of the situations in all conflict zones still remaining across Syria. Some of the positions may have changed and shifted but these changes are part of the fabric of ongoing negotiations in Syria led by Damascus, Russia, Iran and now Iraq which is trying to broker normalisation between Syria and Turkiye which must include the full withdrawal of Turkish military and proxy terrorist forces from the areas of northern Syria they have annexed and occupied. I believe Syria is now fighting to push back the terrorist forces from all areas of central Syria (ISIS) and areas north-west of Aleppo (Al Qaeda etc) in order to end any potential threat should the war with Israel escalate and expand into the region. I will go into more detail in the next article. ***** Syria and the interconnected Turkish neo-Ottoman agenda in northern Syria. The role of Russia and its collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army is explored in depth and the areas where there is the greatest potential for conflict are revealed. The war in Syria is not over and there are many UK/US-backed terrorist shifting alliances to be taken into account as part of the geopolitical power game that is now entering its most dangerous stage. The tipping points are on multiple axes and it will take a great deal of political and military brinkmanship from Damascus and her allies to restore peace to Syria. WARLORD CONFLICT IN IDLIB Al Qaeda affiliate Hayat Tahrir Al-Sham (HTS) deployed its most powerful weapons and equipment, opened its depots and engaged the elite ‘Asa’ib’ fighters in the battles for Mount Al-Turkman. The last 28 members of Jund Allah (God’s soldiers), led by “Abu Fatima Al Turki” were expelled from the mountain. These fighters had been responsible for the killing of 9 HTS and the kidnapping of more than 10 gang members but they escaped safely. Muslim Abu Walid Al-Shishani (Murad Margoshivili), and his armed group “Junod Al Sham” have also fled the mountain after violent clashes with HTS. Murad’s brother “Abu Musa Al-Shishani” was captured trying to flee to Turkey and held at a Turkish checkpoint. Junod al-Sham was established in 2012 under the leadership of Muslim Al-Shishani. The majority of fighters were from the Caucasus countries. The group never exceeded 300 members. Almost half of them left with the defection of “Abu Omar al-Shishani” when he pledged allegiance to terrorist group ISIS in 2013. HTS is headed up by Abu Mohammed Al Jolani recently platformed in a Frontline interview in an apparent attempt to rebrand Jolani as viable Syrian opposition not the extremist violent former Al Qaeda leader he really is. Al Jolani’s battles with the Junod Al Sham, Jund Allah and Guardians of Religion gangs must be viewed in the context of the bombings and suicide vehicle operations that have targeted Turkish military points and patrols since the last military operation of the Syrian Arab Army in the area that ended with a ceasefire on March 5, 2021. The latest attack was on October 16th 2021 when a Turkish patrol was targeted killing two soldiers and injuring two more. Such tactics were adopted by unknown organizations such as the “Abu Bakr Al-Siddiq Brigades”. Al Jolani accused these splinter groups of conducting these attacks to secure Turkish support. The groups accused Jolani of using the attacks to blame unaffiliated groups in Idlib because he was seeking a monopoly in Idlib with Turkish backing. This is the gangs and counter gangs scenario that has been a hallmark of the US Coalition armed group activities in Syria since 2011. Here comes the Turkistan Islamic Party‘s (TIP) role. TIP consists primarily of al-Qaeda loyalists, originally from Xinjiang Province, northwest China (Uighurs). TIP has made a deal with Taliban leaders in cooperation with Turkish intelligence (MIT) to transport Junod Al-Sham and Jund Allah groups and leaders, alongside other terrorist fighters, to Afghanistan through Turkey according to local sources. The “Azm” operation room in Afrin has denied any existence of these groups despite having received them after they fled Idlib. BUT HOW WOULD THAT AFFECT IDLIB NOW? In order to understand and predict, we must first know who’s left in Idlib, their allegiances and their importance. Jihadist factions reconciled with HTS: “Jaysh al-Badia” and Jaysh al-Malahem, two small jihadist factions, whose first and last allegiance is to al-Qaeda, defected from HTS in late 2017, due to its separation from al-Qaeda, but recently returned under its wing. “Sham al-Islam” faction, which is stationed in Mount al-Turkman, northeast of Lattakia, and includes about 400 fighters, 150 of which are Moroccan leaders and fighters, in addition to 50 Sudanese, while the rest are Syrians. “Ansar al-Tawhid” faction, was formed in March of 2018, in Sarmin town in Idlib, from the remnants of the “Jund al-Aqsa” organization (that launched a war against several jihadist factions, which hastened its elimination). They pledged allegiance to al-Qaeda and joined the operations room ” Rouse the Believers” before declaring its independence from everyone in a statement issued on May 03, 2020. “Ajnad al-Caucasus“, led by Abdul Malik al-Shishani, was one of the most prominent organizations that fought the Syrian Arab Army and its allies during the SAA campaign to liberate southern Idlib and northern Hama. Battles were halted by a ceasefire agreement on March 05, 2020, when the group suffered heavy losses, with no more than 250 fighters remaining (according to local sources) forcing it to retreat. These groups do not pose a threat to HTS at the present time due to understandings between the leaders of the groups and HTS command: The “Albanian Brigade” (Xhemati Alban), an independent group led by the Macedonian Abu Qatada al-Albani, was established in 2013, and includes jihadists from the Balkan countries Macedonia, Kosovo and Albania, in addition to some Saudis and Syrians. Its fighters are trained in all types of medium and heavy weapons. They formed a special squad of Albanian snipers. They currently operate in Kabana in the countryside of Latakia. The ideological orientation of the battalion is similar to HTS and Al-Qaeda, and it maintains a good relationship with HTS without engaging in internal hostilities. The Salafist “Salah al-Din al-Kurdi Movement“, which began its activity in Syria in 2012, and is now deployed in Mont al-Akrad in Latakia’s northern countryside. The movement has its own training camp and local sources have informed the author that there is evidence that Qatar and Turkey are the bankrollers of the group. This claim is borne out by the fact that Turkey gave them a training camp in Afrin and they have close ties to the Muslim Brotherhood which is sponsored predominantly by Qatar. Its members are professional soldiers, and most of them hail from eastern Turkey, in addition to Syrian, Iraqi and Iranian Kurdish fighters. These Kurdish factions believe in the Sunni Muslim roots of the Kurds and aim to expand their influence throughout the Syrian Kurdish communities. “The Kurdish Immigrants of Iran’s Sunnis Movement”, the only Kurdish group that pledged allegiance to HTS. Most of its fighters come from northwestern Iran. Its fighters are fierce and highly trained, and guard important points in the Kabanah area. Additionally they deploy mobile offensive combat groups to guard some points of Mount al-Zawiya, south of Idlib City. The movement is led by “Abu Safiya al-Kurdi”, who participated in a meeting organised by al-Jolani with a number of Kurdish Salafist leaders in an Idlib mosque in mid-June. Islamist factions opposed to HTS: Al-Ghuraba Division (Strangers), which is deployed west of Idlib, and is led by the French-Senegalese jihadist ” Omar Omsen ” (Omar Diaby), who was previously arrested by HTS in August 2020 and his son Bilal was also arrested in late 2021. The French authorities accuse him of recruiting 80% of the French-speaking jihadists who went to Syria or Iraq. “Rouse the Believers Operations Room“, which was established in October 2018, and includes: – “Ansar al-Din Front” led by Abu Salah al-Uzbeki (Siraj al-Din Mukhtarov), from the Kyrgyz Republic. Founder and commander of the “Uzbek” battalion within HTS and the mastermind of the St Petersburg metro terrorist attack in Russia in 2017. He was arrested by HTS after his defection to Ansar al-Din in June 2020 and released in March 2021. – “Ansar al-Islam” faction, Kurdish Salafist group stationed in the vicinity of Jisr al-Shughour, west of Idlib, and in the Dower al-Akrad within the al-Ghab Plain, west of Hama. Around 200 members – majority Iraqi Kurds along with Syrian, Turkish and Iranian Kurdish fighters. It was founded in 2001 in northern Iraq (Iraqi Kurdistan) and fought against a number of Kurdish parties. It is considered the most fanatic among the Kurdish Salafist groups in Idlib, and the most powerful. One of its goals is to establish an Islamic state governed by Sharia Law. – “Guardians of Religion“, affiliated with Al-Qaeda, which was established in 2018 after defection from HTS. “Al-Zawahiri” recently complimented the group after they carried out a terrorist operation in western Damascus, on August 04, 2020 – The armed group announced in a statement that one of its divisions blew up a bus carrying officers of the “Republican Guard” in the capital, as part of the “Battle of Al-Usra” series, in “solidarity with the people of Daraa”. The group was considered to “devote itself to ‘jihad’ work inside the capitol (Damascus)”. Today the group is going through a difficult transition. Its leaders have been repeatedly targeted by US drones, giving the US the opportunity of testing its new tactical weapon such as Hellfire missile, (which indicates the hidden intelligence cooperation between al-Julani and the CIA), Frequent battles with Al Jolani on the ground in Syria have also reduced the number of fighters in the group. The organization included about 2,000 fighters of different nationalities when it was founded, but now that is less than 100. These factions are most likely to be the next target of Al-Jolani’s campaign to eliminate competition in Idlib and northern Syria. ISLAMIST FACTIONS COLLABORATING WITH HTS Perhaps the most prominent of the HTS allies is the aforementioned “Turkistan Islamic Party” or TIP, led by “Abu Suleiman al-Turkistani”. These are the Uighur Al Qaeda loyalists from Xinjiang Province in northwest China. TIP comprises around 8000 fighters who are distinguished by their savagery and combat prowess. TIP follows the HTS policies closely and secured the exit of extremist fighters from Mount Al Turkman during recent battles. It is unlikely that TIP will clash with HTS after violent disputes between the two groups. Al Jolani brought the TIP to heel and claimed that China was providing weapons to Damascus to eliminate them in Idlib and Hama countryside. This claim forced the TIP to reduce their presence in the main cities and to withdraw their families to the ‘refugee’ camps on the Syria-Turkey borders near the town of Harem. The importance of the party lies in its affiliation with the Muslim Brotherhood, which allowed it to establish strong relations with Turkey, Taliban and HTS at the same time. It is directly hostile to China. In September 2002 the US Treasury Department placed TIP on the list of terrorist organisations. Trump later removed the organisation from the list as part of the ramping up of US pressure on China for alleged “human rights” abuses against the Uighur population. There remain a handful of small independent groups of foreign extremist fighters and groups who will face one of two fates. Either to be subjugated or neutralized in order for Jolani to achieve absolute control over Idlib governorate. This is in preparation for a full integration with the factions under the umbrella of the Turkish-backed so-called Syrian National Army. This will complete the rebranding and recycling of HTS – a Turkish-UK-led agenda in northern Syria according to a ‘diplomatic source’ who informed Russian media, TASS in May 2021 that MI6 was involved in the project: The British side suggested that the Hay’at Tahrir al-Sham group (outlawed in Russia, also known as Jabhat al-Nusra) should announce plans to abandon subversive activities against Western countries and build close cooperation with them […] Mohammad al-Julani received recommendations to give an interview to an American reporter in order to create a positive image for the alliance that he heads and rehabilitate it in the future. There are plans to engage some of the UK’s allies, primarily the US, in efforts aimed at rebranding the al-Nusra group.” WHAT IS AL JOLANI’S ENDGAME IN IDLIB? Al Jolani is trying to prove to everyone, especially Turkey, that he is the only one capable of controlling Idlib province from a security and military perspective. Idlib can be described as another “Tora-Bora” with embedded terrorist organisations comprising some of the most deadly foreign mercenaries. Jolani is working on a reputation as the supreme warlord dissolving minor groups or reining in the more powerful factions. This is probably one of the main reasons that Jolani has not been assassinated by US/UK allied intelligence agencies, he is a useful asset in the last remaining terrorist-controlled pocket of north-west Syria. Jolani’s agenda directly overlaps that of Turkish President, Recep Tayyip Erdogan – to persuade Western countries to remove HTS from the UN and US terrorist list by demonstrating Jolani’s willingness to “fight terrorism” and endorsing his claims that HTS has no desire to conduct terrorist operations against the US, UK or EU by limiting their terrorism to Syria and against the Syrian people. Jolani’s rebrand presents him as the only viable political solution in Idlib which serves Turkey’s neo-Ottoman ambitions to have control over strategic Syrian territory. Turkey can appear to be complying with Russian brokered agreements by ostensibly expelling terrorist groups from the de-escalation zones and securing the safety of the M4 (Aleppo to Latakia road). Put simply, any group not complying with Jolani’s authority must be eradicated, prior to the great merger between the “Salvation Government” and the Turkish backed “National Coalition for Syrian Revolutionary and Opposition Forces“. THE LEVANT FRONT Here we cannot ignore the “Levant Front” (LF), the largest faction of the “National Army” based in the countryside of Aleppo. The LF has formed a rival alliance to HTS in north-west Syria. It seeks to embrace the majority of political ‘opposition’ institutions in the areas of Aleppo countryside under its control combined with coordination with local armed groups to develop a shadow state in Idlib. LF influence has expanded significantly since early 2021. The LF headquarters near the Bab Al Salama crossing has become a destination for the leaders of the National Coalition. LF recently hosted the commander of the so-called “Syrian Islamic Council“, Sheikh Osama Abdel Karim al-Rifai. The battle for power in Idlib has resulted in a new factional map. HTS dismantling and restructuring of the “Ahrar al-Sham” (AS) movement, -which once represented an anti-HTS project- has pushed many AS members to defect and join the ranks of the LF seeking ideological synergy. Since early 2021 LF has received more than 900 AS terrorist fighters led by Alaa Faham who will form a brigade under the LF umbrella to confront HTS in the Aleppo countryside. In July 2021, the LF formed a new military alliance separate to the National Army and the Interim Government or “Azm Operations Room”. The majority of factions operating in Aleppo countryside have joined the new coalition and present a considerable threat to HTS supremacy in Idlib. Two months after the formation of the “Syrian Front for Liberation” (SFI) led by Al-Mu’tasim Abbas, the “Suqur Al Shamal Brigade” and the “20th Division” have defected and joined Azm increasing numbers to an estimated forty thousand comprising more than 15 factions deployed throughout northern Syria. This leaves SFL with only 3 factions and ten thousand fighters. The supposed Islamist project of the LF, its military alliance leadership and its expansionist policies in northwestern Syria do not automatically mean that it is preparing for a new round of conflict with HTS. On the contrary, we may witness a dramatic increase in coordination between the two powerful factions in various fields. De facto the LF alliance may facilitate the settlement of issues with Jolani which will pave the way for broader collaboration in the future. Russia is opposed to any political solution in the region that includes HTS. Russian and Turkish delegations have met several times in the border areas after the Erdogan-Putin summit in September 2021. Russia has requested a Turkish withdrawal from the eastern countryside of Idlib between the cities of Idlib and Saraqeb. This leaves Turkish forces in Idlib two options. First to repel any ground attack by the Syrian Arab Army which would result in serious losses for Turkish military, second to wait for the impending Syrian/Russian military campaign to liberate Idlib from terrorist occupation. The second option could result in Turkish bases being besieged as happened in 2019 and 2020. Local sources indicate that the Turkish military divisions in Idlib, especially south of the M4, have reinforced their bases and closed some main roads with engineering barriers. The Syrian leadership intends to regain control over southern and western Idlib to secure the M4 and perhaps advance towards Idlib city. There is potential for similar deals to be implemented as were recently successful in Daraa, south of Damascus city. The collaboration between LF and HTS is not a recent phenomenon. They were previously limited to the terrorist economy – fuel trade, crossing control, checkpoints but have developed considerably since the end of 2020. Certain opposition media outlets have reported that the two parties are coordinating in the security and military sectors. The Levant Front received officials and high ranking leaders from HTS in Azaz. A joint camp was recently established between Jolani’s forces and Sheikh Juma’a LF forces in the village of “Maabatli” as a trial military collaborative project. TURKISH MILITARY OPERATIONS AND THE ERDOGAN CONUNDRUM Turkey has weaponised the Muslim Brotherhood to expand military intervention in Syria, Iraq, Azerbaijan, Tunisia, Afghanistan and Libya. Turkey is suffering the repercussions of these neo-Ottoman ambitions with internal issues that include an economic crisis, refugee influx and a declining Turkish Lira. This has severely affected Erdogan’s popularity and combined with his deteriorating health, Turkish opposition parties are seeing an opportunity to win the upcoming elections in 2023 based on the resolution of the refugee issue as a primary concern for the majority of Turkish people. A Turkish journalist specializing in American affairs, Bahar Feyzan, had leaked information about Biden and Erdogan meeting on the sidelines of the G-20 conference in Rome recently, including the advice of US President Joe Biden to Erdogan to withdraw from running for the upcoming elections, saying, “Take your health condition as an excuse to leave politics.” Recent analysis by Steven A. Cook for Foreign Policy, covered the leak of media reports that claim Erdogan’s intention is to transfer authority to Defense Minister Hulusi Akar in case of any deterioration in his health, with a cabinet reshuffle and the appointment of Akar as First Vice President. Erdogan is fearful, under pressure and sick, and he appears to have no other options but to export his problems abroad in order to survive. The Kurdish problem in particular has always been an existential threat to Turkish national security, which makes it the easiest card for Erdogan to play including securing internal authorisation to send military forces to Syria and Iraq for an additional two years. With the increase in operations targeting Turkish soldiers in several areas, and the US-backed Kurdish Contra (SDF) non-compliance with the Turkish-Russian agreement in Sochi 2019, Erdogan is promoting a military campaign in north-east Syria to be conducted on four axes with an army of 35,000 comprising extremist mercenaries and Turkish armed forces. Erdogan summoned leaders of the interventionist operations – “Euphrates Shield”, “Peace Spring” and “Olive Branch” including the National Army to a meeting in Ankara to determine frontlines and strategy of the latest attempt to quell SDF influence in northern Syria. In addition to “Menagh” air base near Azaz, Turkey considers Ayn al-Arab (Kobani) among its main priorities, to cut SDF’s strategic support lines between Qamishli-Manbij-Kobani. This would ensure a direct link between Ras al-Ain and Tal Abyad with the Euphrates Shield areas. The National Army has sent several military convoys through Turkey to Darbasiyah near the Iraqi-Syrian border, in preparation for a military operation. NA leaders have announced the raising of combat readiness, and according to a military source in the National Army, the Turkish officers have informed them that Manbij will be a distraction axis, and the troops will advance towards Tal Tamr, Tal Rifaat, Ain Issa and Ayn Al-Arab, while Turkish reconnaissance planes dropped leaflets warning civilians to stay away from SDF military sites, and threatened a military invasion of the region. Practically, it is unlikely for Erdogan to risk a military adventure in northern Syria without international endorsement, especially in Tal Rifaat, where it might lead to a direct confrontation with Russia. Tal Rifaat is not a major stronghold for SDF, it is a strategic geographical target. It is also very close to Aleppo city which explains the Russian presence and recent large reinforcements sent by the Syrian Arab Army that include advanced T-90 tanks and BMP-2 armoured vehicles heading towards Malikiyah and Shawargha villages in northern Aleppo countryside. Both villages have experienced a violent exchange of shelling in the last few days. The most convenient scenario, for Turkey, if a military confrontation is unavoidable is for Tal Rifaat to be a distraction axis to keep the SDF militia pinned down there while the main operation would target between Tal Tamr – Ayn Issa and Manbij-Ayn Al-Arab because they are the major Kurdish strongholds. However Erdogan may refrain from military action altogether preferring to flex his muscles publicly by deploying tanks and forces in the area to trigger negotiations to share “security” in north-east Syria. Military action can be impeded by the imposition of a No Fly Zone over any area being considered for confrontation. Without Russian and US consent, Erdogan would be foolhardy to precipitate possible conflict with both. Reuters quoted a senior Turkish security official saying: The operation will start when all preparations are completed,” adding, “We are in coordination with Russia on the matter. The issue was addressed with the United States already,”. How true this claim is remains to be seen. Below is a video of a recent Turkish military convoy heading towards Tal Abyad: RUSSIA’S POSITION AND OBJECTIVES Russian Turkish relations are tense in Syria. Russia is unhappy with Turkish intervention in countries where Russia has geopolitical interests – Libya, Syria, Armenia, Ukraine. Ukraine used Turkish-manufactured UAVs against positions of eastern Ukraine forces affiliated with Russia. Russia has since sent a clear message by carrying out joint air exercises with the Syrian Arab Army in areas supposed to be Turkish targets for military invasion such as the vicinity of Tal Tamr, Tal Abyad and Ain Issa where the Russian flag has been raised. This is combined with auxiliary forces redeployment between the 93rd Brigade area and the Russian military base located in Tal Al-Samn. A big SAA reinforcement was sent to Manbij in preparation for another round of military exercises. This will complicate the situation for Erdogan who specifically wants Ain Issa due to its location on the M4 that links Latakia with Iraq through Aleppo and Hasaka in the north-east. Russia has also deployed the S400 air defense system at Qamishli Airport, along with twelve Su-34 bombers and five Su-35s, while the Syrian forces will deploy MiG-29, in addition to twelve Mi-8 helicopters and five Ka-52 Alligator at the Mitras military airfield, (30 km) south of Ayn al-Arab or as the US/Israeli-backed Kurdish separatists call it – “Kobani”. Despite the Turkish calls on Russia to cleanse Ayn al-Arab of Kurdish separatist militias, Russia does not favor the entry of the “National Army” into Ayn ​​al-Arab. It is keen to ensure the security of its military base in “Serrin”. Perhaps the clearest indication of repercussions for Erdogan-driven recklessness in northern Syria was the recent Syrian targeting of Sarmada which houses a communications headquarters for HTS. This was followed by airstrikes and artillery bombardment of Turkish-backed 23rd Division forces for several consecutive days and the targeting of camps and shelters of the Turkestan militias on the border strip with Turkey. We cannot separate the northeast from the northwest, as Russia may agree on a limited Turkish operation in exchange for parts of Mount al-Zawiya and the city of Jisr Al-Shughour, which is the most important part of the Turkish-Russian negotiation, especially if the Syrian-Kurdish negotiations fail. If liberated, the strategic areas of Mount Al-Zawiya and Jisr Al-Shughour will lead to the defeat of terrorism in a significant area of Idlib countryside. Regaining these areas is one of the most important military objectives of the Syrian Arab Army in the impending battles to secure the M4. The Russian Reconciliation Centre has been repeatedly announcing terrorist violations of the ceasefire agreement and the potential for the staging of a “chemical weapon attack” to provoke international outrage against the Syrian government. According to civilian sources: “More than 200 Turkish vehicles loaded with advanced weapons, ammunition and logistical materials entered Bab Al-Hawa and Khirbet al-Jawz crossings in two batches and deployed in the western countryside of Idlib and Mount al-Zawiya in order to strengthen its occupation points and provide direct support to terrorist organizations.” Watch – video of Turkish military vehicles entering Syria via the so-called ‘humanitarian’ crossing: The Turkish Humanitarian Relief Agency “IHH” announced the establishment of 16,239 briquette houses in Idlib Governorate. This is an indication of preparation for further displacement of civilians during an intensified military campaign. KURDISH-SYRIAN RAPPROCHEMENT With all the Turkish mobilization and media promotion of a huge Turkish military operation – waiting on international approval – the SDF has moved its most prominent military leaders from its headquarters adjacent to the Turkish border into the cities to protect them from the potential Turkish UAV attacks. The past few days have witnessed a remarkable rapprochement between the Democratic Union Party (the SDF backbone) Damascus and Russia. The SDF removed the “Al-Quwatli”, “Al-Shabab City” and “The Industrial School” checkpoints in Qamishli city. This lifts the longstanding siege on the security square of the Syrian forces in the city, which was imposed by the SDF after bloody confrontations erupted between the Kurdish units and the Syrian National Defense Forces back in April. The increasing Russian influence in the Syrian east and the American retreat, which is still in its early stages, means placing the fate of the SDF in the hands of Moscow not Washington. Despite the strenuous Russian efforts to reach a political solution with the Kurds, the US military presence is still a major obstacle. It is difficult to trust the Kurds who are divided among themselves and are far from autonomous having accepted US support to lay claim to Syrian territory. Damascus prioritises Syrian territorial integrity and a central governance structure. This would force the Kurdish Contras to hand the oil fields back to Damscus and to accept a similar agreement to Daraa. This would include the integration of Kurdish military into a Syrian military division similar to the Eighth Brigade of the Fifth Corps. The Kurdish factions are divided between those who lean towards the United States and a separate Kurdish state, while others seek to reach an agreement that guarantees some Kurdish rights, such as the language. The latter is in communication with Damascus to agree on a draft agreement between the Kurdistan Workers Party, the Democratic Union Party and the Syrian State. This would include the establishment of a joint military operations room for the Syrian Arab Army, SDF, Russian forces and other allies to repel any possible Turkish aggression, based on a statement from the Head of the National Initiative for Syrian Kurds, Omar Ossi to Al-Watan newspaper. According to Kurdish leaks a joint delegation of the Syrian Democratic Council and the Autonomous Administration headed by Ilham Ahmed visited Moscow, on Wednesday, September 15, 2021. Their meeting with the Special Envoy of the Russian President to the Middle East and Africa, Deputy Foreign Minister Mikhail Bogdanov, put forward a proposal that recognised the legitimacy of the Syrian government and President Bashar al-Assad, would agree to raise the Syrian flag in the areas of the so-called Kurdish controlled Autonomous Administration, share the region’s oil imports – 75% for the central government and 25% for the Autonomous Administration – among other terms. Bogdanov informed the delegation that the only way to protect them is by cooperating with the Syrian Arab Army and the Syrian state directly to prevent a repeat Afrin scenario, when Kurds were ethnically cleansed by Turkish forces after the Kurds refused collaboration with the Syrian Arab Army in early 2018. In an interview with RT, the prominent leader of the Democratic Union Party (PYD), Aldar Khalil confirmed their readiness for dialogue with the Syrian state directly in Damascus, without going to Geneva. He added that: The resources and wealth in this region are not only ours. We do not have any intentions to monopolize them, but rather consider them a national treasure for all Syrians Khalil’s comments came days after the statements of Kurdistan Workers’ Party leader, Jamil Bayik, in an interview with Al-Nahar Al-Arabi newspaper where he said: Our relationship with Hafez al-Assad and his family was close and warm. We cannot be anti-Syria or anti-Assad. We have previously established our relations on the basis of the general interest of the Kurds and the Kurdish-Arab brotherhood. Now we want to be a party to such a relationship. These statements coincide with reports of an agreement between the Russian Reconciliation Center and SDF that provides for the handover of areas in the countryside of Deir ez-Zor to the Syrian Arab Army (Al-Shuhail, Al-Busira, Dhiban, Al-Hawaij, Al-Shafa, Al-Susa and Al-Baghouz). On Saturday 13th November the US pushed back against the Damascus-led negotiations with Washington’s Kurdish proxies. The official website of the SDF announced the arrival of US State Department officials and Ethan Goldrich – Deputy Assistant Secretary of State for Near Eastern Affairs – in north-east Syria. The US Officials met with the Commander in Chief of the SDF, Mazoum Abdi to discuss ‘humanitarian and security’ issues. On the same day the US Embassy in Syria Twitter account announced that it would stay in Syria to ensure the “ISIS threat is eliminated” which can be interpreted as a reassurance for the Kurdish separatists as rumours abound of a US withdrawal which would encourage Kurdish factions to negotiate with Damascus. US RELUCTANCE TO SUPPORT TURKISH MILITARY INVASION OF SYRIA It wouldn’t be easy for Turkey to get US consent for a military operation in light of the US-Turkish differences that were clearly manifested when the US Department of Defence (DoD) recently expelled Turkey from the F-35 project. Turkey had threatened to buy SU-35s from Russia. The Biden administration has extended sanctions imposed on Turkey due to its military operation against Kurdish forces in Syria in 2019 for another year. Brett McGurk, US Envoy for the coalition ‘fighting ISIS’, resigned from Trump’s administration in protest against Operation Peace Spring and would now be one of the fiercest opponents of any new Turkish military campaign in Syria. The US will not necessarily step in to protect the Kurdish proxies but Washington will oppose any Turkish threat to US supremacy and economic interests in the region. The US military convoy movement in and out of Syria have increased in the past two months. The majority of these convoys come in empty and go back loaded with stolen oil. They are also involved in kidnapping civilians through airdrop operations in the countryside of Deir Ezzor and Al-Hasakah in the north-east. The “International Coalition” has recently transferred another batch of ISIS prisoners of foreign nationalities from the Industrial School prison in the Ghweran neighborhood in Al-Hasakah city to its base in Al-Shaddadi city south of Al-Hasakah. All these transfer and airdrop operations raise questions. Where are these prisoners going next? Are all these airdrops just to kidnap people or to extract valuable assets? CONCLUSIONS Between the Biden-Erdogan meeting, the Russian-Syrian military exercises and the SAA reinforcements in northern Syria, there are clear messages to be read: It is not just about Biden or European rejection of Erdogan. The transnational corporatocracy is tired of Erdogan’s neo-Ottomanism. His expansionist ambitions and blatant interference in multiple foreign state affairs, his weaponization of the refugee crisis and subsequent blackmailing of Europe, are all factors that make him a universal threat. It is very clear that Erdogan wants full or partial control of the M4. He knows that once he loses this leverage he will have no cards in his hand for negotiation. If Erdogan chooses to occupy alternative areas of Syrian territory he may find it will bring more problems than solutions. North of the M4 is agricultural, has no resources to plunder but is occupied by disparate and unruly terrorist groups. Once the M4 is fully liberated by the SAA, the only remaining prize to be claimed by Erdogan is Al Jolani himself who believes the Taliban model is achievable in Idlib and who is clearly an asset to US Coalition intelligence agencies as the new “Bin Laden”. Perhaps there is even potential of Al Jolani being squeezed out of Idlib and turning his attention to southern Turkey for his ideologically supremacist project? The regions of northern Syria are within Russia’s political calculations and any possible agreement with Washington will not authorize Turkey to launch attacks without a Russian green light which is very unlikely. Therefore any military operation will be limited and only Turkish-backed proxies will be used to conduct the unlawful military operations of Turkey’s criminal leadership. Russia has stressed to Turkey the need for military, security and political coordination in the ongoing difficult negotiations between the two sides. Washington has withdrawn from supporting the SDF except in the pseudo fight against ISIS in the north. Russia presents itself as an alternative ally to the SDF capable of mediating between them and Turkey to prevent military conflict. Russia also perceives itself as the international guarantor of security and stability in the region in preparation for a US withdrawal destined to return Syrian resources to the Syrian government and people after years of US Coalition occupation and theft. Despite the Turkish military build-up and the rapid developments, no one can indicate a zero hour for any military operation. It is obviously under negotiations between the three countries, and while some people rush to criticize, denounce, reject and deny the ongoing events in northern Syria, many forget that it is not about moods or wishes, and no one can predict any scenario or believe any news without first knowing the facts on the ground. With a complete international, regional and internal consensus to resolve the files of eastern and western Euphrates within a great settlement in the Middle East, the facts on the ground and the emerging political factors impose inevitable war on those who reject a peaceful solution or try to obstruct it. Northern Syria will almost certainly be the epicentre of fierce battles, military and political, that will determine the fate of Syria now and in the future. The final word rests with the Syrian Arab Army and allies and how they navigate the increasingly complex network of groups and alliances to achieve their objectives for Syria. **** https://substack.com/home/post/p-146102372
    SUBSTACK.COM
    The Idlib terror gangs explained
    The Warlord conflict in the north of Syria
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 5598 Views
  • Project Total Control: Everything Is a Weapon When Totalitarianism Is Normalized
    By John & Nisha Whitehead July 10, 2024
    “The biggest mistake I see is people waiting for A Big Sign that’ll tell them that things have gone too far. One Big Thing that police or lawmakers or the president/leaders will do that will cross the line. It’ll never come because they won’t cross it. They’ll move the line. That line you think you stand behind is shifting everyday with little actions, bills, legislations… That line will stop moving one day, & it’ll be too late... Every day, your sensitivity is being eroded by these willful atrocities. The envelope for what you’ll accept is being pushed. One day, all of these things will be your new normal.”—Nigerian writer Suyi Davies Okungbowa

    The U.S. government is working to re-shape the country in the image of a totalitarian state.

    This has remained true over the past 50-plus years no matter which political party held office.

    This will remain true no matter who wins the 2024 presidential election.

    In the midst of the partisan furor over Project 2025, a 920-page roadmap for how to re-fashion the government to favor so-called conservative causes, both the Right and the Left have proven themselves woefully naive about the dangers posed by the power-hungry Deep State.

    Yet we must never lose sight of the fact that both the Right and the Left and their various operatives are extensions of the Deep State, which continues to wage psychological warfare on the American people.

    Psychological warfare, according to the Rand Corporation, “involves the planned use of propaganda and other psychological operations to influence the opinions, emotions, attitudes, and behavior of opposition groups.”

    For years now, the government has been bombarding the citizenry with propaganda campaigns and psychological operations aimed at keeping us compliant, easily controlled and supportive of the government’s various efforts abroad and domestically.

    The government is so confident in its Orwellian powers of manipulation that it’s taken to bragging about them. For example, in 2022, the U.S. Army’s 4th Psychological Operations Group, the branch of the military responsible for psychological warfare, released a recruiting video that touts its efforts to pull the strings, turn everything they touch into a weapon, be everywhere, deceive, persuade, change, influence, and inspire.

    “Have you ever wondered who’s pulling the strings?” the psyops video posits. “Anything we touch is a weapon. We can deceive, persuade, change, influence, inspire. We come in many forms. We are everywhere.”

    This is the danger that lurks in plain sight.

    Of the many weapons in the government’s vast arsenal, psychological warfare may be the most devastating in terms of the long-term consequences.

    As the military journal Task and Purpose explains, “Psychological warfare is all about influencing governments, people of power, and everyday citizens.”

    Mind you, these psyops (psychological operations) campaigns aren’t only aimed at foreign enemies. The government has made clear in word and deed that “we the people” are domestic enemies to be targeted, tracked, manipulated, micromanaged, surveilled, viewed as suspects, and treated as if our fundamental rights are mere privileges that can be easily discarded.

    This is what is referred to as “apple-pie propaganda.”

    Aided and abetted by technological advances and scientific experimentation, the government has been subjecting the American people to “apple-pie propaganda” for the better part of the last century.

    Consider some of the ways in which the government continues to wage psychological warfare on a largely unsuspecting citizenry in order to acclimate us to the Deep State’s totalitarian agenda.

    Weaponizing violence in order to institute martial law. With alarming regularity, the nation continues to be subjected to spates of violence that terrorizes the public, destabilizes the country’s ecosystem, and gives the government greater justifications to crack down, lock down, and institute even more authoritarian policies for the so-called sake of national security without many objections from the citizenry.

    Weaponizing surveillance, pre-crime and pre-thought campaigns. Surveillance, digital stalking and the data mining of the American people add up to a society in which there’s little room for indiscretions, imperfections, or acts of independence. When the government sees all and knows all and has an abundance of laws to render even the most seemingly upstanding citizen a criminal and lawbreaker, then the old adage that you’ve got nothing to worry about if you’ve got nothing to hide no longer applies. Add pre-crime programs into the mix with government agencies and corporations working in tandem to determine who is a potential danger and spin a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, behavioral sensing warnings, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports using automated eyes and ears, social media, behavior sensing software, and citizen spies, and you having the makings for a perfect dystopian nightmare. The government’s war on crime has now veered into the realm of social media and technological entrapment, with government agents adopting fake social media identities and AI-created profile pictures in order to surveil, target and capture potential suspects.

    Weaponizing digital currencies, social media scores and censorship. Tech giants, working with the government, have been meting out their own version of social justice by way of digital tyranny and corporate censorship, muzzling whomever they want, whenever they want, on whatever pretext they want in the absence of any real due process, review or appeal. Unfortunately, digital censorship is just the beginning. Digital currencies (which can be used as “a tool for government surveillance of citizens and control over their financial transactions”), combined with social media scores and surveillance capitalism create a litmus test to determine who is worthy enough to be part of society and punish individuals for moral lapses and social transgressions (and reward them for adhering to government-sanctioned behavior). In China, millions of individuals and businesses, blacklisted as “unworthy” based on social media credit scores that grade them based on whether they are “good” citizens, have been banned from accessing financial markets, buying real estate or travelling by air or train.

    Weaponizing compliance. Even the most well-intentioned government law or program can be—and has been—perverted, corrupted and used to advance illegitimate purposes once profit and power are added to the equation. The war on terror, the war on drugs, the war on COVID-19, the war on illegal immigration, asset forfeiture schemes, road safety schemes, school safety schemes, eminent domain: all of these programs started out as legitimate responses to pressing concerns and have since become weapons of compliance and control in the police state’s hands.

    Weaponizing entertainment. For the past century, the Department of Defense’s Entertainment Media Office has provided Hollywood with equipment, personnel and technical expertise at taxpayer expense. In exchange, the military industrial complex has gotten a starring role in such blockbusters as Top Gun and its rebooted sequel Top Gun: Maverick, which translates to free advertising for the war hawks, recruitment of foot soldiers for the military empire, patriotic fervor by the taxpayers who have to foot the bill for the nation’s endless wars, and Hollywood visionaries working to churn out dystopian thrillers that make the war machine appear relevant, heroic and necessary. As Elmer Davis, a CBS broadcaster who was appointed the head of the Office of War Information, observed, “The easiest way to inject a propaganda idea into most people’s minds is to let it go through the medium of an entertainment picture when they do not realize that they are being propagandized.”

    Weaponizing behavioral science and nudging. Apart from the overt dangers posed by a government that feels justified and empowered to spy on its people and use its ever-expanding arsenal of weapons and technology to monitor and control them, there’s also the covert dangers associated with a government empowered to use these same technologies to influence behaviors en masse and control the populace. In fact, it was President Obama who issued an executive order directing federal agencies to use “behavioral science” methods to minimize bureaucracy and influence the way people respond to government programs. It’s a short hop, skip and a jump from a behavioral program that tries to influence how people respond to paperwork to a government program that tries to shape the public’s views about other, more consequential matters. Thus, increasingly, governments around the world—including in the United States—are relying on “nudge units” to steer citizens in the direction the powers-that-be want them to go, while preserving the appearance of free will.

    Weaponizing desensitization campaigns aimed at lulling us into a false sense of security. The events of recent years—the invasive surveillance, the extremism reports, the civil unrest, the protests, the shootings, the bombings, the military exercises and active shooter drills, the lockdowns, the color-coded alerts and threat assessments, the fusion centers, the transformation of local police into extensions of the military, the distribution of military equipment and weapons to local police forces, the government databases containing the names of dissidents and potential troublemakers—have conspired to acclimate the populace to accept a police state willingly, even gratefully.

    Weaponizing politics. The language of fear is spoken effectively by politicians on both sides of the aisle, shouted by media pundits from their cable TV pulpits, marketed by corporations, and codified into bureaucratic laws that do little to make our lives safer or more secure. Fear, as history shows, is the method most often used by politicians to increase the power of government and control a populace, dividing the people into factions, and persuading them to see each other as the enemy. This Machiavellian scheme has so ensnared the nation that few Americans even realize they are being manipulated into adopting an “us” against “them” mindset. Instead, fueled with fear and loathing for phantom opponents, they agree to pour millions of dollars and resources into political elections, militarized police, spy technology and endless wars, hoping for a guarantee of safety that never comes. All the while, those in power—bought and paid for by lobbyists and corporations—move their costly agendas forward, and “we the suckers” get saddled with the tax bills and subjected to pat downs, police raids and round-the-clock surveillance.

    Weaponizing genetics. Not only does fear grease the wheels of the transition to fascism by cultivating fearful, controlled, pacified, cowed citizens, but it also embeds itself in our very DNA so that we pass on our fear and compliance to our offspring. It’s called epigenetic inheritance, the transmission through DNA of traumatic experiences. For example, neuroscientists observed that fear can travel through generations of mice DNA. As The Washington Post reports, “Studies on humans suggest that children and grandchildren may have felt the epigenetic impact of such traumatic events such as famine, the Holocaust and the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.”

    Weaponizing the dystopian future. With greater frequency, the government has been issuing warnings about the dire need to prepare for the dystopian future that awaits us. For instance, the Pentagon training video, “Megacities: Urban Future, the Emerging Complexity,” predicts that by 2030 (coincidentally, the same year that society begins to achieve singularity with the metaverse) the military would be called on to use armed forces to solve future domestic political and social problems. What they’re really talking about is martial law, packaged as a well-meaning and overriding concern for the nation’s security. The chilling five-minute training video paints an ominous picture of the future bedeviled by “criminal networks,” “substandard infrastructure,” “religious and ethnic tensions,” “impoverishment, slums,” “open landfills, over-burdened sewers,” a “growing mass of unemployed,” and an urban landscape in which the prosperous economic elite must be protected from the impoverishment of the have nots. “We the people” are the have-nots.

    The end goal of these mind control campaigns—packaged in the guise of the greater good—is to see how far the American people will allow the government to go in undermining our freedoms.

    The facts speak for themselves.

    Whatever else it may be—a danger, a menace, a threat—the U.S. government is certainly not looking out for our best interests, nor is it in any way a friend to freedom.

    When the government views itself as superior to the citizenry, when it no longer operates for the benefit of the people, when the people are no longer able to peacefully reform their government, when government officials cease to act like public servants, when elected officials no longer represent the will of the people, when the government routinely violates the rights of the people and perpetrates more violence against the citizenry than the criminal class, when government spending is unaccountable and unaccounted for, when the judiciary act as courts of order rather than justice, and when the government is no longer bound by the laws of the Constitution, then you no longer have a government “of the people, by the people and for the people.”

    What we have, as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, is a government of wolves.

    WC: 2136

    ABOUT JOHN W. WHITEHEAD

    Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected]. Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

    Publication Guidelines / Reprint Permission

    John W. Whitehead’s weekly commentaries are available for publication to newspapers and web publications at no charge. Please contact [email protected] to obtain reprint permission.

    https://www.rutherford.org/publications_resources/john_whiteheads_commentary/project_total_control_everything_is_a_weapon_when_totalitarianism_is_normalized
    Project Total Control: Everything Is a Weapon When Totalitarianism Is Normalized By John & Nisha Whitehead July 10, 2024 “The biggest mistake I see is people waiting for A Big Sign that’ll tell them that things have gone too far. One Big Thing that police or lawmakers or the president/leaders will do that will cross the line. It’ll never come because they won’t cross it. They’ll move the line. That line you think you stand behind is shifting everyday with little actions, bills, legislations… That line will stop moving one day, & it’ll be too late... Every day, your sensitivity is being eroded by these willful atrocities. The envelope for what you’ll accept is being pushed. One day, all of these things will be your new normal.”—Nigerian writer Suyi Davies Okungbowa The U.S. government is working to re-shape the country in the image of a totalitarian state. This has remained true over the past 50-plus years no matter which political party held office. This will remain true no matter who wins the 2024 presidential election. In the midst of the partisan furor over Project 2025, a 920-page roadmap for how to re-fashion the government to favor so-called conservative causes, both the Right and the Left have proven themselves woefully naive about the dangers posed by the power-hungry Deep State. Yet we must never lose sight of the fact that both the Right and the Left and their various operatives are extensions of the Deep State, which continues to wage psychological warfare on the American people. Psychological warfare, according to the Rand Corporation, “involves the planned use of propaganda and other psychological operations to influence the opinions, emotions, attitudes, and behavior of opposition groups.” For years now, the government has been bombarding the citizenry with propaganda campaigns and psychological operations aimed at keeping us compliant, easily controlled and supportive of the government’s various efforts abroad and domestically. The government is so confident in its Orwellian powers of manipulation that it’s taken to bragging about them. For example, in 2022, the U.S. Army’s 4th Psychological Operations Group, the branch of the military responsible for psychological warfare, released a recruiting video that touts its efforts to pull the strings, turn everything they touch into a weapon, be everywhere, deceive, persuade, change, influence, and inspire. “Have you ever wondered who’s pulling the strings?” the psyops video posits. “Anything we touch is a weapon. We can deceive, persuade, change, influence, inspire. We come in many forms. We are everywhere.” This is the danger that lurks in plain sight. Of the many weapons in the government’s vast arsenal, psychological warfare may be the most devastating in terms of the long-term consequences. As the military journal Task and Purpose explains, “Psychological warfare is all about influencing governments, people of power, and everyday citizens.” Mind you, these psyops (psychological operations) campaigns aren’t only aimed at foreign enemies. The government has made clear in word and deed that “we the people” are domestic enemies to be targeted, tracked, manipulated, micromanaged, surveilled, viewed as suspects, and treated as if our fundamental rights are mere privileges that can be easily discarded. This is what is referred to as “apple-pie propaganda.” Aided and abetted by technological advances and scientific experimentation, the government has been subjecting the American people to “apple-pie propaganda” for the better part of the last century. Consider some of the ways in which the government continues to wage psychological warfare on a largely unsuspecting citizenry in order to acclimate us to the Deep State’s totalitarian agenda. Weaponizing violence in order to institute martial law. With alarming regularity, the nation continues to be subjected to spates of violence that terrorizes the public, destabilizes the country’s ecosystem, and gives the government greater justifications to crack down, lock down, and institute even more authoritarian policies for the so-called sake of national security without many objections from the citizenry. Weaponizing surveillance, pre-crime and pre-thought campaigns. Surveillance, digital stalking and the data mining of the American people add up to a society in which there’s little room for indiscretions, imperfections, or acts of independence. When the government sees all and knows all and has an abundance of laws to render even the most seemingly upstanding citizen a criminal and lawbreaker, then the old adage that you’ve got nothing to worry about if you’ve got nothing to hide no longer applies. Add pre-crime programs into the mix with government agencies and corporations working in tandem to determine who is a potential danger and spin a sticky spider-web of threat assessments, behavioral sensing warnings, flagged “words,” and “suspicious” activity reports using automated eyes and ears, social media, behavior sensing software, and citizen spies, and you having the makings for a perfect dystopian nightmare. The government’s war on crime has now veered into the realm of social media and technological entrapment, with government agents adopting fake social media identities and AI-created profile pictures in order to surveil, target and capture potential suspects. Weaponizing digital currencies, social media scores and censorship. Tech giants, working with the government, have been meting out their own version of social justice by way of digital tyranny and corporate censorship, muzzling whomever they want, whenever they want, on whatever pretext they want in the absence of any real due process, review or appeal. Unfortunately, digital censorship is just the beginning. Digital currencies (which can be used as “a tool for government surveillance of citizens and control over their financial transactions”), combined with social media scores and surveillance capitalism create a litmus test to determine who is worthy enough to be part of society and punish individuals for moral lapses and social transgressions (and reward them for adhering to government-sanctioned behavior). In China, millions of individuals and businesses, blacklisted as “unworthy” based on social media credit scores that grade them based on whether they are “good” citizens, have been banned from accessing financial markets, buying real estate or travelling by air or train. Weaponizing compliance. Even the most well-intentioned government law or program can be—and has been—perverted, corrupted and used to advance illegitimate purposes once profit and power are added to the equation. The war on terror, the war on drugs, the war on COVID-19, the war on illegal immigration, asset forfeiture schemes, road safety schemes, school safety schemes, eminent domain: all of these programs started out as legitimate responses to pressing concerns and have since become weapons of compliance and control in the police state’s hands. Weaponizing entertainment. For the past century, the Department of Defense’s Entertainment Media Office has provided Hollywood with equipment, personnel and technical expertise at taxpayer expense. In exchange, the military industrial complex has gotten a starring role in such blockbusters as Top Gun and its rebooted sequel Top Gun: Maverick, which translates to free advertising for the war hawks, recruitment of foot soldiers for the military empire, patriotic fervor by the taxpayers who have to foot the bill for the nation’s endless wars, and Hollywood visionaries working to churn out dystopian thrillers that make the war machine appear relevant, heroic and necessary. As Elmer Davis, a CBS broadcaster who was appointed the head of the Office of War Information, observed, “The easiest way to inject a propaganda idea into most people’s minds is to let it go through the medium of an entertainment picture when they do not realize that they are being propagandized.” Weaponizing behavioral science and nudging. Apart from the overt dangers posed by a government that feels justified and empowered to spy on its people and use its ever-expanding arsenal of weapons and technology to monitor and control them, there’s also the covert dangers associated with a government empowered to use these same technologies to influence behaviors en masse and control the populace. In fact, it was President Obama who issued an executive order directing federal agencies to use “behavioral science” methods to minimize bureaucracy and influence the way people respond to government programs. It’s a short hop, skip and a jump from a behavioral program that tries to influence how people respond to paperwork to a government program that tries to shape the public’s views about other, more consequential matters. Thus, increasingly, governments around the world—including in the United States—are relying on “nudge units” to steer citizens in the direction the powers-that-be want them to go, while preserving the appearance of free will. Weaponizing desensitization campaigns aimed at lulling us into a false sense of security. The events of recent years—the invasive surveillance, the extremism reports, the civil unrest, the protests, the shootings, the bombings, the military exercises and active shooter drills, the lockdowns, the color-coded alerts and threat assessments, the fusion centers, the transformation of local police into extensions of the military, the distribution of military equipment and weapons to local police forces, the government databases containing the names of dissidents and potential troublemakers—have conspired to acclimate the populace to accept a police state willingly, even gratefully. Weaponizing politics. The language of fear is spoken effectively by politicians on both sides of the aisle, shouted by media pundits from their cable TV pulpits, marketed by corporations, and codified into bureaucratic laws that do little to make our lives safer or more secure. Fear, as history shows, is the method most often used by politicians to increase the power of government and control a populace, dividing the people into factions, and persuading them to see each other as the enemy. This Machiavellian scheme has so ensnared the nation that few Americans even realize they are being manipulated into adopting an “us” against “them” mindset. Instead, fueled with fear and loathing for phantom opponents, they agree to pour millions of dollars and resources into political elections, militarized police, spy technology and endless wars, hoping for a guarantee of safety that never comes. All the while, those in power—bought and paid for by lobbyists and corporations—move their costly agendas forward, and “we the suckers” get saddled with the tax bills and subjected to pat downs, police raids and round-the-clock surveillance. Weaponizing genetics. Not only does fear grease the wheels of the transition to fascism by cultivating fearful, controlled, pacified, cowed citizens, but it also embeds itself in our very DNA so that we pass on our fear and compliance to our offspring. It’s called epigenetic inheritance, the transmission through DNA of traumatic experiences. For example, neuroscientists observed that fear can travel through generations of mice DNA. As The Washington Post reports, “Studies on humans suggest that children and grandchildren may have felt the epigenetic impact of such traumatic events such as famine, the Holocaust and the Sept. 11, 2001, terrorist attacks.” Weaponizing the dystopian future. With greater frequency, the government has been issuing warnings about the dire need to prepare for the dystopian future that awaits us. For instance, the Pentagon training video, “Megacities: Urban Future, the Emerging Complexity,” predicts that by 2030 (coincidentally, the same year that society begins to achieve singularity with the metaverse) the military would be called on to use armed forces to solve future domestic political and social problems. What they’re really talking about is martial law, packaged as a well-meaning and overriding concern for the nation’s security. The chilling five-minute training video paints an ominous picture of the future bedeviled by “criminal networks,” “substandard infrastructure,” “religious and ethnic tensions,” “impoverishment, slums,” “open landfills, over-burdened sewers,” a “growing mass of unemployed,” and an urban landscape in which the prosperous economic elite must be protected from the impoverishment of the have nots. “We the people” are the have-nots. The end goal of these mind control campaigns—packaged in the guise of the greater good—is to see how far the American people will allow the government to go in undermining our freedoms. The facts speak for themselves. Whatever else it may be—a danger, a menace, a threat—the U.S. government is certainly not looking out for our best interests, nor is it in any way a friend to freedom. When the government views itself as superior to the citizenry, when it no longer operates for the benefit of the people, when the people are no longer able to peacefully reform their government, when government officials cease to act like public servants, when elected officials no longer represent the will of the people, when the government routinely violates the rights of the people and perpetrates more violence against the citizenry than the criminal class, when government spending is unaccountable and unaccounted for, when the judiciary act as courts of order rather than justice, and when the government is no longer bound by the laws of the Constitution, then you no longer have a government “of the people, by the people and for the people.” What we have, as I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, is a government of wolves. WC: 2136 ABOUT JOHN W. WHITEHEAD Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected]. Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org. Publication Guidelines / Reprint Permission John W. Whitehead’s weekly commentaries are available for publication to newspapers and web publications at no charge. Please contact [email protected] to obtain reprint permission. https://www.rutherford.org/publications_resources/john_whiteheads_commentary/project_total_control_everything_is_a_weapon_when_totalitarianism_is_normalized
    WWW.RUTHERFORD.ORG
    Project Total Control: Everything Is a Weapon When Totalitarianism Is Normalized | By John & Nisha Whitehead
    The U.S. government is working to re-shape the country in the image of a totalitarian state. This has remained true over the past 50-plus years no matter which political party held office. This will remain true no matter who wins the 2024 presidential election.
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 4646 Views
  • Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?

    Dr Mike Yeadon
    This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps.

    The prediction

    Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030.


    Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from.



    Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”.



    Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken.

    The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’

    You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”.

    For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights.

    Unfortunately, this is a done deal.

    It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid.

    Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories.

    Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having

    “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”.
    In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them.

    Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy.

    You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem?
    The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code.

    If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender.

    In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it.



    Even if it has been paid off.

    Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash.



    Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances.

    I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario.

    The Great Taking


    Book as a pdf or tap picture.

    The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf

    - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com

    At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be?

    Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions.

    Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way.

    Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life.

    Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements

    See what you think.

    Here’s a ‘narration’ of it.



    I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days!

    Wait, does it apply to me though?

    If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is

    loss of freedom.

    Several of us, independently, expect (at some point):

    abolition of cash and

    seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as

    a bank deposit taker,

    a building society mortgage provider,

    an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension),

    a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer,

    possibly even a car dealer or car finance house.

    It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence.

    One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection.

    Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible.

    Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again.

    David’s story

    You can also watch a documentary here:

    https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html

    Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??)



    I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this.

    Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth.

    Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it.

    But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you.

    Parallels with ‘medicine’

    Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent…

    To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully…

    Read more

    12 hours ago · Tim West

    If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights.

    If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend.

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Who do you need to explain this to?

    Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them.

    Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.

    Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force.

    Who are the ultimate creditors?

    I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators.

    Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock.

    Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab.

    Only the perpetrators know anything about timing.

    David talks with Edward Griffin

    Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation.

    A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru.


    https://bigpicture.watch/

    Our own talks with David

    I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David

    The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING

    The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe

    An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more.

    First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota.

    This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this…

    Read more

    13 hours ago · Tim West

    The South Dakota Bill

    Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill.

    The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb

    David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage…

    Read more

    5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation

    Another presentation by David…



    In short

    we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker

    or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf,

    with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court).

    The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you.

    If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC


    Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby.

    Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen.

    Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong.



    David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments.

    The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities.

    ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership

    Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty.

    If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain.

    Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing.
    A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen.

    Most people are unaware of this.

    There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities.

    If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally.

    What is Beneficial Ownership?

    Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral.

    A shared view

    Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall.

    Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed.

    It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse.

    Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted.

    Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose.

    Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to:

    A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations).

    If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced.

    Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work.

    Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent.

    The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards.

    I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source?

    Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO.

    So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally.

    How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line?


    The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it.

    Without fear of reprisal.

    If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations..

    While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home.

    Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry.

    If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should.

    How to avoid despair

    Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections).

    I continue to recommend two things.

    Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are.

    Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you.

    If nothing happens, laugh.

    Long term simultaneous planning in all areas


    https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/

    I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely,

    the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic

    can legally be injected into billions of people

    and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability.

    I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below).

    When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning.

    Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s.

    Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!”

    While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators.

    I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID.

    The digital concentration camp

    digital ID

    I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID,

    effectively mandatory jabs

    along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity.

    mark of the beast CBDC

    No valid digital ID, no ability to transact.

    If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all).

    Two arms in a pincer movement

    I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks.

    toxic by design

    There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably.

    legalised iatrogenocide

    Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”.

    Fake PHEIC

    Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable.

    Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth.

    I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas…

    Read more

    3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon

    PCR fraud

    I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician.

    Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing

    Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses.

    For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations.

    you will own nothing

    Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks.

    These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity.

    As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm

    lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and

    Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency).

    Freedom - a memory of the old

    This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection.

    Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it.

    EVs

    Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together.

    Agenda 2030

    It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea.

    The Hidden Hand

    I’m often asked “So who is doing this?”

    I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300.

    But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not.

    In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit.

    Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever.

    We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do.

    Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you.

    It doesn’t matter how rich you are

    Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral.

    It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I.

    Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral.

    As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat.

    Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should.

    https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/

    So. Will you act to stop this?

    David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything.

    For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds.

    Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral.

    The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound.

    If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors.

    I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized.

    If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back.

    On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight.

    Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen.

    As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active.

    More on ways of preparing

    You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized.

    I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise.

    This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial.


    https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/

    I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”.

    As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings.

    She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024.

    I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years.

    Stakeholder Communism


    Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism

    Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system.

    All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened.

    That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately.

    https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604

    Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest.

    Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure.

    As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot.

    Best wishes

    Mike

    All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway.

    https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon. Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it? Dr Mike Yeadon This essay is constructed from many of my Telegram posts. The resulting repetition feels helpful under the circumstances. The central idea is not complicated but it is fiddly. Coming at it from many sides helps. The prediction Unless you are very fresh to peeking behind the mainstream curtain, you will know of WEF’s infamous, arrogant and chilling prediction for 2030. Maybe you’ve wondered what the number 1 in the top-left corner means? Still up on YouTube is the whole video of lunatic predictions it comes from. Klaus Schwabb, Executive Chairman of WEF asserts that “The world needs a Great Reset”, only hinting at what this means between the lines and in the small print. He is using mendacious propaganda in order to pretend to build consensus on this act. You’ll recall that numerous people said, early in 2020, that there was a necessity to “Build Back Better”. Prince Charles was among many who said this. I remember at the time muttering “What do you mean, build back? Nothing is broken”. Obviously, the covert actions of the supranational organization running the Non-pandemic are aimed at making sure that plenty is broken, even that in due course, everything will be broken. The mechanism by which ‘you’ll own nothing’ You may NOT yet have heard of something happening in absolutely every country on the planet, which retired financier David Rogers Webb calls “The Great Taking”. For decades, the illegitimate supranational organisation has been working with and “leaning on” national legislators to ‘amend’ the laws governing private property rights. Unfortunately, this is a done deal. It has already been tested in superior courts and found legally valid. Under certain circumstances, the executive in any country can seize all sorts of assets that you believe are yours. This includes but is not limited to stock market investments such as stocks, shares, bonds and other traceable instruments, cash held at banks, property / real estate and numerous other categories. Only the other day, I was logged into a well known execution-only online broker to obtain a tax statement for my tax return. I noticed weird wordings describing the category of assets listed. I thought I owned, as an example, ten shares in a famous Swiss chocolate manufacturer. It seems I do not. It now indicates that I’m noted as having “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares”. In other words, there are no identifiable shares with my name virtually on them. Originally you possessed physical paper. Then ‘for convenience’, virtual electronic shares became the rule. From this point the sneaky steps to a pool… and then “beneficial ownership of a part of a numbered pool of such shares” was easy. You can still buy and sell them what’s the problem? The problem is subsection b) in Section 57A-8-511 of the Uniform Commercial Code. If certain economic actions occur in a given financial climate, it turns out that pooled shares have long ago been pledged as collateral in a transaction in which a party has borrowed money from a lender. In the event that the borrower defaults, the ultimate beneficiary is the lender and they have the right to seize whatever collateral there is. That’s your savings, investments, pensions, home etc, including your car if a loan or HP arrangement was used to acquire it. 👇 Even if it has been paid off. Perhaps, even if you bought it outright with cash. ☝️ Obviously, the perpetrators are going to create and trigger such a set of circumstances. I have long suspected that lockdowns were a crucial cover for the extent of central bank money creation necessary to place a sovereign country and currency beyond any plausible rescue scenario. The Great Taking Book as a pdf or tap picture. The book, “The Great Taking”, by David Webb, was a punch to the solar plexus when I first heard of it back in summer ‘23. I would urge you to please take this punch yourself - for your children. Read it. It’s a free pdf - or buy a paper copy from the website www.thegreattaking.com At first, I wasn’t sure if Webb could be trusted. While I’m inclined to believe him, I’ve experienced enough disappointment to start with what a person is telling you. Can you validate or invalidate any part of it through your own experience? Does it have internal consistency? Does the purported expert check out? (Swiss chocolate…) What might their motives be? Taking a leaf out of my own book, there are two basic positions. Ignore. If you’re correct, you’ve avoided worry and potentially bad investments, for example, in a self invested personal pension if you have one. If you’re wrong, you’ll probably suffer very substantial losses which you’ll not have mitigated in any way. Listen then act. If you were wrong, you might still have made a more diversified portfolio than you otherwise would. If however you were right to heed the warnings, it might literally save your life. Having listened to interviews the author has given, and heard comments from others, I do think this could be the huge, missing piece of the agenda leading to the Bond villain, Schwab’s seemingly impossible pronouncements See what you think. Here’s a ‘narration’ of it. I don’t like the auto narrators voice but it’s a lot easier to do a purely mechanical task while listening to this than trying to read a book. I’m not good at the latter these days! Wait, does it apply to me though? If you don’t own much today anyway, you might think not. I understand why that reaction could be commonplace. What those with no scope to resist will face (if and when the perpetrators trigger the next and very much larger global financial crisis) is loss of freedom. Several of us, independently, expect (at some point): abolition of cash and seizure of all assets held by a custodian (such as a bank deposit taker, a building society mortgage provider, an online execution-only broker holding a SIPP (pension), a life insurance company responsible for paying a final salary pension on behalf of a former employer, possibly even a car dealer or car finance house. It seems to some people completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence. One might point out, so were the decade by decade changes to public health emergency laws, the changes that made the unlawful, legal on paper, so that billions of people ended up rolling up their sleeves to receive an intentionally harmful injection. Ahem. It seems to some people that this, too, is completely ridiculous and implausible. Those with such a reaction tend not to bother listening to the evidence and may well get jabbed again. David’s story You can also watch a documentary here: https://rumble.com/v3yptkd-the-great-taking-documentary.html Or currently on YouTube still. (How does this work??) I cannot recommend highly enough that you make a tea or coffee, sit quietly and listen to this. Even though I already knew the highlights, I still found it chilling when Webb gets to discovering that the laws governing private property rights have been changed in every US state and later in every country on earth. Instead of actually owning something, you have only a right to benefit from it (dividends, rent, capital appreciation) and the right to buy and sell it. But in the event of a major financial dislocation, your “property” is forfeit to the owners of the top slice of the creditor list because, unbeknownst to you, it was pledged as collateral in a loan that was nothing to do with you. Parallels with ‘medicine’ Maybe you’ve read up about how public health laws have been changed over many decades, reaching the point today where you might think you’re receiving a pharmaceutical product but in actuality it’s a military countermeasure, for which no liability sits with anyone involved and you’ve no rights to informed consent… To get up to date on this two figures are essential. Sasha Latypova https://open.substack.com/pub/sashalatypova And Katherine Watt https://open.substack.com/pub/bailiwicknews They have done so much work. This post will be augmented and amended with their help hopefully… Read more 12 hours ago · Tim West If you have, then these evolutions in laws governing property (financial assets, real estate etc) can be viewed as somewhat analogous, solely in its intent, to deceive and deprive you of rights. If more people knew about this, we’d be at pitchforks and torches by the weekend. Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Who do you need to explain this to? Even comparatively wealthy people are going to have almost everything they think they own legally stripped from them. Now you’re dependent upon the state for basic survival. Which means compliance to earn CBDC, UBI, and this also includes being ‘up to date’.💉 Killing people en masse while pretending to protect them from the next hobgoblin of an alleged lethal pandemic will be much easier than conquering and killing a population by open force. Who are the ultimate creditors? I don’t know who the ultimate creditors are, but they’ll be one and the same as those I call the perpetrators. Those lower down the food chain but blind to what’s about to happen are in for a horrible shock. Just as were those influencers, musicians, nurses, doctors and sport people who took the jab. Only the perpetrators know anything about timing. David talks with Edward Griffin Creature from Jekyll Island is one of the must-read books for anyone seeking to understand the financial shenanigans. The private institution The Federal Reserve and the way it was created is central to the current financial situation. A talk here between its author and the author of The Great Taking. They find much in common, and in common with myself, though in my case I speak as the man on the bus and not as an economics guru. https://bigpicture.watch/ Our own talks with David I contribute to a weekly podcast. Here is our own interview with David The Great Taking: You Really Own NOTHING The 50-year conspiracy to subvert all of our private ownership rights into a collective ownership without our knowledge is detailed in David Rogers Webb’s book The Great Taking and David Webb joins the international Whistleblower Report team today to discuss the details of how we have arrived at this point where none of us really own the private propert… Read more 5 months ago · 41 likes · 16 comments · Truth For Health Foundation, Dr Mike Yeadon, Andrija Cajic, and Jonathan Gilthorpe An additional recording by TFHF between David Rogers Webb and Dr Lee Vliet explaining what is happening in the South Dakota legislature. It could hardly matter more. First though, it’s useful to understand the core sleight-of-hand they are trying overturn in South Dakota. This criminal attempt to steal everything is intended to be hidden in a similar way. But it is really hidden about as well as this… Read more 13 hours ago · Tim West The South Dakota Bill Here then is the Truth For Health Foundation talk on the South Dakota Bill. The GREAT TAKING: Steps to Preserve Your Property Part II with David Rogers Webb David Rogers Webb, author of The Great Taking, continues his discussion of the changes to the Uniform Commercial Code (UCC) and other legislation that have put into law the provisions for legalized stealing of most of the assets WeThePeople think we own. These provisions take effect in the event of insolvency of a financial institution (bank, brokerage… Read more 5 months ago · 19 likes · Truth For Health Foundation Another presentation by David… In short we know changes to the UCC and other legislation have provided for the legal stealing of most of the public’s assets in the event of insolvency of the broker or whichever entity controls private property on your behalf, with legal certainty (ie it’s been done and was upheld in a senior court). The South Dakota bill seeks to re establish true ownership rights such that in the event of an insolvency, your private property is automatically returned to you. If you have watched Beware of the leopard you will fully understand the power of this proposed clause removal from section 57A-503 of the UCC Naturally, this is being strongly resisted by those in the pay of the banking lobby. Whether the legislature has the sense and cojones to pass such an amendment remains to be seen. Well worth also listening to the hearing in the Tennessee legislature. Amazing sophistry as the hired goons try to say David is wrong. David Webb and a colleague again seek amendments. The amendments proposed go a small way to restoring some of the property rights of those who think they own securities. ‘Entitlement’ is not ownership Currently, because of changes made to the Uniform Commercial Code, those who think they own securities now only have an “entitlement”, which is much weaker and is contractual, not absolute. Because it’s a contractual right, there’s a counterparty. If the latter goes insolvent, the effect of changes to the UCC is that the entitlement holder (e.g. you) is ranked lower on the list of creditors than the Secured Creditors, the parasites at the top of the food chain. Say Boris lends Frank some books. Then Frank sells one of them to you for £10 and disappears. You may be reading it in the park one day when Boris grabs it off you and says ‘that’s my book’. Everything you have turns out to be like that book. And Boris planned the whole thing. A financial crisis will certainly see all assets legally stolen. Most people are unaware of this. There’s literally nothing you can do about it, except not to own securities. If you hold physical gold in a safe nobody else knows about, that’s the only way you can be secure. Cash unfortunately suffers the same fate, because it isn’t segregated and is controlled by the big clearing banks and ultimately the central bank, nationally and internationally. What is Beneficial Ownership? Over 50 years, financial assets (“securities”) that you previously owned under private property rights, as bits of paper, have been dematerialised (digitised) and pooled. Most importantly, a new legal category of “beneficial ownership” has been created and substituted for “ownership”. Why this matters is that ultimate ownership falls to a minuscule number of holders of collateral against debts incurred. Central banks, which are privately owned, are able to seize everyone else’s assets in a crisis because those assets are pledged as collateral. A shared view Webb says that deliberate collapse of the entire global economy is imminent and this mass theft will cause and amplify violence and tremendous hardship. A hard rain’s going to fall. Webb sees the endgame as I do: evil, totalitarian, digital control system. No liberty or democracy anywhere is going to be tolerated nor will the development of a parallel economic system be allowed. It is probably already way too late to prevent the economic collapse. Whether anything can be salvaged by way of reverting changes to private property rights locally remains to be seen. It’s not necessarily a political issue but a criminal matter that private property rights have been subverted. Unfortunately, the way I see it, the perpetrators of the ongoing “covid super crime” need do nothing more than to play out their existing hand, to reduce the population to any value they choose. Here’s my near term summary of what I think they’re up to: A new event will trigger obligatory digital ID (eg for rations). If 1. isn’t a financial crisis,they can trigger one at any time, destroying all sovereign currencies and stealing almost all private property (David Rogers Webb). Total dependence upon the state in order even to be fed. CBDC (digital-only money) introduced. Lies about a wave of pandemics. Pharma will pretend to make mRNA vaccines. Govts will mandate them (if WHO hadn’t already done so). Digital ID validity will depend upon being up to date on jabs. No jab, no food. CBDC simply won’t work. Rinse and repeat until population reaches their desired levels. I think it’s likely many countries will be completely emptied, removing the need for the authorities to have to pretend that recovery is even the dream, let alone intent. The perpetrators have such control of main media and almost all internet traffic. If we reach point 1. without insurrection, we’re done in any case. The perpetrators do not require cooperation from anybody from this point onwards. I would point out two things. First, once you realise you’re being lied to by “the authorities” about things fundamental to your health and even life, freedom aside for a moment, surely you must begin to question everything else from the same source? Second, I see the only chance of delaying or deflecting the overall control agenda is by more and more people knowing about it and saying NO. So I ask everyone to assign an important part of their lives to doing this, personally. How brave are you? Do you try to communicate with everyone you know, who serves you in shops, on-line? The perpetrators are counting on you not doing this. They really are. So let’s do it. Without fear of reprisal. If we rightly criticise doctors who knew but didn’t speak out for fear of losing their jobs, then losing membership at the gym shouldn’t hold us back from frank conversations.. While you’re at it, please put in place at least some precautions to buy time, in the event the perpetrators initiate something faster moving that the last nonsense, such as building a few weeks worth of calories in your home. Nobody is coming to save us. Sorry. If the above information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, then you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe you’re should. How to avoid despair Now, I’m well aware this is terrifying and a common reaction is to dismiss it. However, it fits horribly well with what we know already. I’m probably able to imagine it because parts of it are already proven in my mind (the intentional harms from the totally superfluous injections). I continue to recommend two things. Invest your own time and thought into waking up others. Be selfless. It’s your best defence to dilute what’s coming, as more people will become allies in unpredictable ways. It also feels like you are helping stop it rather than being a victim - This is because you are. Do something rather than nothing also to prepare for a period of discontinuity. I’m talking basic food and water, basic meds, some things you can barter with, some skills you might have, something to defend yourself with, better yet, a safe place to be if the SHTF. If you’re already a grower, great. Grow stuff. I don’t think I can do that. I’m not in one place long enough. You might be bored on a narrow diet, but enough calories and nutrients plus clean water means you can sustain yourself for some considerable time. Time means you don’t HAVE to go out into the melee when it’s at its worst. If there are people you can trust with your life, talk with them. Get right with the power in your universe that is important for you. If nothing happens, laugh. Long term simultaneous planning in all areas https://brownstone.org/articles/the-great-taking-exposes-the-financial-end-game/ I and many draw a parallel between the 50 years of change in public health law, leading to the genocidal deception namely, the fake vaccines that are intentionally toxic can legally be injected into billions of people and there is total immunity from prosecution or liability. I’ve easily been able to find trails of evidence of premeditation of the current ‘health’ crime which go back 25 years (tabletopped pandemic simulations, despite their being events that do not happen in reality, well characterised by journalistic Paul Schreyer. See video within Treaty of Lies post embedded below). When you examine the history of “climate change”, you can easily find at least half a century of planning. Now we see that, in parallel, preparations to seize all private property has also been going on since the 1960s. Plenty of people give a hollow laugh at this point (seizure of assets) saying “Good luck with seizing my debts!” While it’s true that you cannot lose that which you don’t have, what little people do have will be seized and controlled by the perpetrators. I cannot stress enough my expectations are that those with very little will actually be impacted most strongly and immediately by any planned financial system collapse. The perpetrators will “come to their rescue” with the issuance of centrally controlled digital money in exchange for signing up for a government issued digital ID. The digital concentration camp digital ID I remain convinced that the most likely and entirely plausible method for highly controlled depopulation is the requirement to hold at all times and obligation to display the mandatory digital ID, effectively mandatory jabs along with the need to be up-to-date with WHO-recommended “vaccines” (which of course will be of mRNA type), where failure to comply will lead to the digital ID losing validity. mark of the beast CBDC No valid digital ID, no ability to transact. If you are determined not to immediately be drawn into what I call the killing machine then, to the extent that you can, it’s very important NOW to be preparing not to totally vulnerable on Day 1. Beyond whatsoever preparations you can do, you’ll need to grow at least some of your own food or know others who create surpluses, from whom you stand a chance of obtaining food in exchange for labour, skills, gold or silver (even small amounts are better than none at all). Two arms in a pincer movement I take the view that, once one has sufficient proof of a lethal assault, backed by evidence of decades of planning, it’s not unreasonable to interpret anything unusual as likely a component of such attacks. toxic by design There is proof for example that the injected purported to be “vaccines” are in fact constructions designed intentionally to injure, kill and reduce fertility in survivors. I am but one giver of truly expert opinion on this front, and I am one of many. I can debate all day with anyone who wishes to resist this conclusion. I understand why they don’t want to accept it. It is however true, unquestionably. legalised iatrogenocide Interestingly, people totally unconnected to me, like Katherine Watt and Sasha Latypova (mostly KW initially) have uncovered decades of stealthy modification to “public health” laws and regulations. These culminate in making the obviously unlawful, “legal on paper”, including and especially injected toxins called “Covid19 vaccines”. Fake PHEIC Yet further separate experts identified that there’s not been a pandemic or public health emergency. This was all a PsyOp. Lying, big time. Again see previous posts for Professor Rancourt’s papers for example. That some proclaiming truth and freedom still act as if there was a spreading pathogen is deeply regrettable. Treaty of lies. Pandemic of lies. Whistleblowers of truth. I saw the two gentlemen at the end of this post, Dr Christian Perronne and Stefan Homburg, make short speeches close together in time. Knowing as I do that there was no pandemic, no public health emergency… …only lies about a dreadful new disease sweeping across the world, followed by deliberate misattribution of illness and death to this supposed diseas… Read more 3 months ago · 325 likes · 254 comments · Dr Mike Yeadon PCR fraud I and many others knew that you cannot use bulk testing using PCR with any chance of getting valid, let alone meaningful results. These tests were all carefully fixed, like a conjuring trick, long before the audiences attention was drawn to the magician. Irrational masking, lockdowns, distancing Masks and “lockdowns” are literally absurd. There were never part of the public health emergency plans of any country. I know, because I read a dozen of them. In 2019, some in WHO detailed the lack of evidence of effectiveness in making the slightest difference to apparent epidemic spreading of acute respiratory illnesses. For me, the first evidence that I found genuinely terrifying was when scores of countries simultaneously “locked down”, using lies and identical wording. I interpreted it then and now as unequivocal proof of supranational cooperation. In retrospect, my intellectual core worked out that this could only point to objectives being totalitarian digital enslavement and mass depopulation. Nothing else comes close to fitting all the important observations. you will own nothing Arm two, David Rogers Webb takes us through a century of preparation and planning to make legal the taking of almost everything you own. The most intense and dramatic changes started again in the 1960s. There’s no uncertainty about what has happened or what will happen, by design, WHEN and not IF the perpetrators trigger The Great Reset, which is very likely to originate with the insolvency of globally significantly important banks. These two major arms of a malevolent, long planned pincer movement, now closing on humanity. As a highly qualified, experienced and at least moderately successful executive in commercial biomedical research, we’re way past theory, on either arm lies about contagious illnesses, the lies on necessary countermeasures and especially “vaccines” and Theft on a global scale of substantially all private property, destruction of money and replacement with centrally controlled digital currency). Freedom - a memory of the old This imminent totalitarian control system will delete freedom forever. Unlike political or religious followings, this one relies not at all upon a mass following. If they succeed in replacing cash with digital money and getting us used to showing ID ahead of every transaction, there’s nothing that can be done to resist total control and importantly, coerced injection. Taking these two arms together alone has no plausible benevolent interpretation and to resist my conclusion is, in my opinion at this point an act either of cowardly denial or of a troll. Yep. I said it. EVs Given that backdrop, the enforced movement towards BEVs might have several explanations. Ockhams Razor strongly ties these two assaults together. Agenda 2030 It fits with 24/7 surveillance, 15 minute cities, the perversion of foodstuffs and many more, strange themes and events, in the skies, on the ground and under the sea. The Hidden Hand I’m often asked “So who is doing this?” I believe we will never know. We know the names of a small number of those who are obviously all-in on this, and your know their names. They’re often referred to on TV and representatives of wealthy trusts and funds, too, not infrequently seen. There is some attention on “think tanks” such as WEF, UN, WHO, Trilateral Commission, Club of Rome, Bilderberg Group, the Davos Set, the Crowned Heads of European countries, especially U.K. and the Netherlands, even The Committee of 300. But know this, we’re never going to be allowed to know their names and identities. In my opinion, it makes no difference whatsoever whether we have their names or not. In terms of countermeasures, being as prepared as possible is very important. My own knowledge has enabled avoidance of just one crucial risk so far: not being injected with “c19 vaccines”. I’m mostly though not protected by knowledge. There’s nowhere to run and hide anyway. We have to stop it or limit the destruction that they’ll commit. Finally, this truly extended planned assault upon humanity has a spiritual aspect to it, to say the least. I doubt they’re alien lizards, but I do think they’re from extended families who have held very terrible views on “ordinary people” like you and me, forever. We’re not in a hopeless position but I do recommend we recognise just how much trouble we’re in. I encourage each of us to prepare to be able to resist for a long as possible. Buying time may be the single most important thing you can do. Important is the relay idea. Those reading this for example are already wide awake. Those in your personal network may not be. In those cases, you are pretty much their only salvation. The media is never going to tell them the truth. I cannot ever reach them, because they’re not looking for (people like) me. So this battle may turn on your willingness and effectiveness in opening the eyes of people important to you. It doesn’t matter how rich you are Just as public health laws were changed over decades to make legal the absurd and malign things that have happened in relation to gene-based injections, an analogous, patient process of dissolving private property rights in favour of those at the top of the list of creditors in the event of a bankruptcy of any entity against which the private property of all of the public has been used as collateral. It’s unbelievable that this has happened. As of now, even billionaires who aren’t among the perpetrators will lose everything, as will you and I. Everything that you think you own, on which you owe any debt at all, will be forfeit in the event of failure of a remote business, where the debts of which rest in part on your assets, because that claim on your assets is being used as collateral. As Webb says in his excellent interview with James Delingpole, this cannot be run away from. He’s spoken with large numbers of wealthy people, some of whom are billionaires, and none of them had any idea of this. After a flurry of denials, they read his booklet and slumped in defeat. Nobody is coming to save us. If this information doesn’t prompt you to immediately getting into “prepping” as best you and any awake, close friends and family, you’re not taking this as seriously as I believe your should. https://delingpole.podbean.com/e/david-rogers-webb/ So. Will you act to stop this? David’s hope then, is that the currently well-off and more than that are being forced to become active. They don’t have a choice. If they do nothing, they will lose everything. For example, if you have a private pension, you’ll probably own shares / stocks and bonds. Your broker, nowadays typically “execution-only online brokers”, has followed your instructions to buy and hold on your behalf certain assets. Unfortunately these, too, have been pledged as collateral. The value of collateral based financial instruments is said to be a huge multiple of world GDP, by astonishing amounts. So large that there’s no hope ever of recovering even pennies on the pound. If you’ve a workplace related pension, the assets being used to pay your monthly pension will also be automatically transferred electronically to those on the top of the stack of creditors. I’m not sure what, if anything, is not forfeit to these diabolical creatures. I understood that assets in your physical possession which are free of debt and were not purchased with now-cleared debt, might still be seized. If your car, say, when it was an asset of the manufacturer or of the car retailer, was pledged as collateral for some transaction they’d entered into, it seems absurd but true that your car, too, might never have had its collateral status revoked. If so, even that vehicle might be forfeit. Boris will claim it back. On cars, it may become moot, because so many cars definitely are assets of finance companies that can be seized. We know how very keen are the perpetrators to find ways to get our car keys out of our cars. I could envisage a situation where demand for petrol and diesel would fall so hard that fuel stations would have to close. At that point, your car becomes a very heavy paperweight. Webb doesn’t offer a prediction on timing or the way that has been (or will be) chosen to create a new global financial crisis and implode the globeconomy, taking everything with it. He does, however, list a set of preconditions necessary to initiate this global heist. He was quite sure that this is what is going to happen. As mentioned above, he puts all his hopes onto the shoulders of wealthy but uninvolved people. I know two billionaires personally (one through old business connections and the other was a major donor to a campaigning organization that I was helping). They’re just like you and me other than that they have huge numbers in the “net worth” category. Webb knows that an ever-widening set of wealthy (but uninvolved) people are becoming very upset about this whole situation. Enlightened self-interest being what is, they’ll have to get active. More on ways of preparing You must do your own research, but I strongly recommend you explore ways to protect what you can by converting some cash or cash-like assets into something that cannot be automatically seized. I do think anyone with life savings and no earned income or capacity to generate any would be unwise to leave it solely in the standard categories of stocks (shares) and bonds, real estate (houses) and deposits of cash. These are all subject to seizure if Webb’s concerns materialise. This is an interesting interview with Catherine Austin Fitts, on Greg Hunter’s podcast.She’s my go-to person on matters macro-financial. https://usawatchdog.com/pushback-to-tyranny-control-increases-in-2024-catherine-austin-fitts/ I’m aware of a joining of forces between her and David Webb, the author of “The Great Taking”. As always, buyer beware on all these things. I’m a very basic investor, but I’m not conservative. Sometimes, I’ll be in what looks to conventional wisdom to be highly risky. For example, I was at one point heavily into peer-to-peer lending and did very well out of it over a 6-7 year period where base rates were so low that you couldn’t generate a meaningful income off even a sizeable amount of money. Got out early enough to ensure I made no net losses despite all the warnings. She makes interesting comments on physical gold. Every bit as interesting are her comments on relationships of trust as being among the most important things to strengthen in 2024. I’ve no useful idea when “The Great Taking” will be triggered, but this I know. When it happens, everyone will know it. It might be in days or not for years. Stakeholder Communism Yellow forum videos including the film Stakeholder Capitalism Schwab is proud of his invention, his new economic system. All the videos in the link above, from some that are mere seconds long to the full film, serve to establish that this astonishing coup d’etat of the planet isn’t ongoing but has already happened. That’s why elections are irrelevant and have been for many years, unfortunately. https://x.com/BGatesIsaPyscho/status/1808391835607306604 Please find ways to share this information. While I’ve been wrong about timing, often, I do think they aim to get it completed and bedded in by 2030. That seems to be a key date for WEF and the UN. Thus, I anticipate that at any time a global financial crisis of unprecedented magnitude will be triggered, most assets automatically seized and from that point on, I could envisage our focus necessarily moving to survival rather than protest. Alternatively, a war would suffice to create such discontinuities as the perpetrators may wish to use to move some chess pieces around before triggered GFC2.0 and asset seizure. As always, I’m piecing together the clues, as I don’t have a copy of the plot. Best wishes Mike All help for my assistant Tim gratefully received by way of a paid subscription to this publication if you are able. Or subscribe for free to receive everything anyway. https://substack.com/home/post/p-146503974
    SUBSTACK.COM
    Maybe you have millions, even billions?… they will take it all… pretty soon.
    Over 50 years, laws have been changed the world over. You have “beneficial ownership” not ownership. This means someone else owns it. Will you fight it?
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 1 Shares 9940 Views
  • Israel ordered thousands to ‘safe’ areas in Gaza City — then bombed them
    After fleeing west at the Israeli army’s instruction, Palestinians quickly found themselves encircled and under fire from tanks, drones, and snipers.

    By Mahmoud Mushtaha July 10, 2024
    Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu)
    Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu)
    On Sunday, July 7, the Israeli army ordered residents of three neighborhoods in eastern Gaza City to immediately evacuate toward the west, ahead of a new ground invasion. Thousands of displaced families abandoned their shelters and searched desperately for a place to stay the night in the city’s western neighborhoods. Within hours, however, Israeli forces attacked those very areas.

    The evacuation order came less than two weeks after Israeli forces reinvaded the Shuja’iya neighborhood in the east of Gaza City. Amid continuing displacement and ground incursions in the southern cities of Khan Younis and Rafah, and bombing throughout the Strip — including in designated “safe zones” — there is nowhere for Palestinians to find reprieve from Israel’s onslaught.

    Mahmoud Al-Shawa, 28, fled with his family from the eastern Al-Tuffah neighborhood after the army ordered them to leave on Sunday. He recounted how thousands of others displaced from Al-Tuffah, Al-Daraj, and the Old City sought refuge in what little space remained in university buildings and UN schools. After those quickly filled up, many were forced to sleep on the streets.

    Al-Shawa’s family were lucky to find temporary shelter at Al-Zeitoun Preparatory School in the western neighborhood of Al-Rimal, but it didn’t provide any safety from what soon followed. “At approximately 2 a.m., the bombing began from every direction,” he told +972. “The sky was ablaze. Everyone was screaming.

    “We were in the schoolyard, and shrapnel was falling on us,” Al-Shawa continued. “We tried to hide in the classrooms, but quadcopter drones were shooting directly at us. Suddenly, my cousin fell to the floor — he’d been hit in his left arm by shrapnel. There were dozens of bodies on the ground. I’m sure people were killed. I was trying to escort my mother away from the chaos, but suddenly she stopped and vomited on the floor due to all the bodies. I covered her eyes so she wouldn’t see them.

    “We heard the sound of army tanks, and then someone screamed: the army had surrounded the headquarters of UNRWA [the UN Relief and Works Agency], only meters away from us,” he went on. “Somehow, we escaped from the school with Israeli tanks behind us and quadcopters shooting at us from the sky. It was like an earthquake or a volcano erupting. There was complete darkness — only the color of blood and missiles illuminated the area.”

    Al-Shawa and his family eventually reached the Majda Wasila School, further away from the invading Israeli forces. But as they fled from their initial shelter, they saw two paralyzed girls in wheelchairs, who had likely taken shelter in the nearby UNRWA rehabilitation center and were now left to fend for themselves. Amid the crowds of those fleeing, Al-Shawa recounted, the girls were in danger of being trampled — but he was unable to help them.

    According to the Gaza Civil Emergency Service, dozens of people were killed or wounded in Israeli attacks that night. Due to the intensive military operations in the area, however, emergency teams have not been able to reach the victims to verify the numbers, and Al-Rimal has become a ghost town.

    ‘If we try to evacuate, we will be shot; if we stay, we will be killed’

    Like Al-Rimal, the neighborhood of Al-Sabra in southwestern Gaza City was also attacked by the Israeli military Sunday night without prior warning. Many displaced families had sought refuge there from the eastern neighborhoods following the initial evacuation order. But at around 11 p.m., residents began hearing explosions and Israeli helicopters in the area. “What we witnessed was not a safe area but a battlefront,” Alaa Sbaih, a 24-year-old resident of Al-Sabra, told +972.

    Earlier that day, Sbaih had opened her home to relatives who had fled from the eastern neighborhood of Al-Daraj. But they soon became trapped: as the bombings continued into the following day, they discovered that Israeli snipers had set up positions atop the nearby buildings of Al-Azhar University, the Islamic University, and Al-Sousi Tower, and were shooting at anyone who moved.

    Sbaih is fearful of even approaching the windows to check what is happening outside — and for good reason. “Our neighbor from the Al-Qasas family tried to escape, but once he got to his car, a sniper shot him and left him bleeding in the street, with his children screaming for him,” Sbaih recounted. Indeed, Israeli soldiers have testified to +972 and Local Call that Palestinian civilians throughout Gaza are routinely shot dead, simply for being outside in areas where Israeli forces operate or even for watching them from behind a window.

    Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu)
    Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu)
    It was not until Monday afternoon that the Israeli army eventually issued a second evacuation order, instructing people in the western neighborhoods of Al-Sabra, Al-Rimal, and Tal Al-Hawa to evacuate southward to the city of Deir Al-Balah. But as Israeli forces remain in the area, Sbaih and her relatives face an impossible decision. “We have no option except death: if we try to evacuate, we will be shot, and if we stay, we will be killed.”

    Maher Mamdooh, 21, told +972 that after being forced to relocate with more than 30 of his relatives just two weeks ago from Shuja’iya, he was then displaced three times between Sunday afternoon and Monday morning: from Al-Daraj to the border of Al-Rimal, then into central Al-Rimal, and then eventually further north toward Jabalia. During this ordeal, he lost all of his belongings, and was separated from some of his relatives.

    “We fled from the house in the middle of the night — we were running in all directions and no one knew where to go,” he recounted. “There were explosions everywhere, and we were surrounded by helicopters, quadcopters, and tanks. My relatives were with us, but now we do not know where they went. It was a night from hell.”

    On Wednesday, the Israeli army issued a third new evacuation order, instructing Palestinians to flee the entire Gaza City area. The renewed offensive has also forced Gaza City’s two remaining hospitals to close their doors: Al-Ahli — which was hit by missiles — and the Patient’s Friends Benevolent Society. Al-Shifa, Gaza’s largest hospital, remains in ruins following the Israeli siege of the area in March.

    After nine months of endless displacement, killing, and starvation, Mamdooh said life long ago became unbearable. “How many times do we have to die? There are no ways left for Israel to kill us. No one in the world can feel what I feel now.”

    In a comment to +972, a spokesperson for the Israeli army spokesperson denied that it had bombed the areas described, and said that “all of northern Gaza is defined by the IDF as an evacuated combat zone, and Hamas operates in the heart of civilian areas.”

    https://www.972mag.com/gaza-city-israeli-army-attacked-safe-areas/
    Israel ordered thousands to ‘safe’ areas in Gaza City — then bombed them After fleeing west at the Israeli army’s instruction, Palestinians quickly found themselves encircled and under fire from tanks, drones, and snipers. By Mahmoud Mushtaha July 10, 2024 Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu) Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu) On Sunday, July 7, the Israeli army ordered residents of three neighborhoods in eastern Gaza City to immediately evacuate toward the west, ahead of a new ground invasion. Thousands of displaced families abandoned their shelters and searched desperately for a place to stay the night in the city’s western neighborhoods. Within hours, however, Israeli forces attacked those very areas. The evacuation order came less than two weeks after Israeli forces reinvaded the Shuja’iya neighborhood in the east of Gaza City. Amid continuing displacement and ground incursions in the southern cities of Khan Younis and Rafah, and bombing throughout the Strip — including in designated “safe zones” — there is nowhere for Palestinians to find reprieve from Israel’s onslaught. Mahmoud Al-Shawa, 28, fled with his family from the eastern Al-Tuffah neighborhood after the army ordered them to leave on Sunday. He recounted how thousands of others displaced from Al-Tuffah, Al-Daraj, and the Old City sought refuge in what little space remained in university buildings and UN schools. After those quickly filled up, many were forced to sleep on the streets. Al-Shawa’s family were lucky to find temporary shelter at Al-Zeitoun Preparatory School in the western neighborhood of Al-Rimal, but it didn’t provide any safety from what soon followed. “At approximately 2 a.m., the bombing began from every direction,” he told +972. “The sky was ablaze. Everyone was screaming. “We were in the schoolyard, and shrapnel was falling on us,” Al-Shawa continued. “We tried to hide in the classrooms, but quadcopter drones were shooting directly at us. Suddenly, my cousin fell to the floor — he’d been hit in his left arm by shrapnel. There were dozens of bodies on the ground. I’m sure people were killed. I was trying to escort my mother away from the chaos, but suddenly she stopped and vomited on the floor due to all the bodies. I covered her eyes so she wouldn’t see them. “We heard the sound of army tanks, and then someone screamed: the army had surrounded the headquarters of UNRWA [the UN Relief and Works Agency], only meters away from us,” he went on. “Somehow, we escaped from the school with Israeli tanks behind us and quadcopters shooting at us from the sky. It was like an earthquake or a volcano erupting. There was complete darkness — only the color of blood and missiles illuminated the area.” Al-Shawa and his family eventually reached the Majda Wasila School, further away from the invading Israeli forces. But as they fled from their initial shelter, they saw two paralyzed girls in wheelchairs, who had likely taken shelter in the nearby UNRWA rehabilitation center and were now left to fend for themselves. Amid the crowds of those fleeing, Al-Shawa recounted, the girls were in danger of being trampled — but he was unable to help them. According to the Gaza Civil Emergency Service, dozens of people were killed or wounded in Israeli attacks that night. Due to the intensive military operations in the area, however, emergency teams have not been able to reach the victims to verify the numbers, and Al-Rimal has become a ghost town. ‘If we try to evacuate, we will be shot; if we stay, we will be killed’ Like Al-Rimal, the neighborhood of Al-Sabra in southwestern Gaza City was also attacked by the Israeli military Sunday night without prior warning. Many displaced families had sought refuge there from the eastern neighborhoods following the initial evacuation order. But at around 11 p.m., residents began hearing explosions and Israeli helicopters in the area. “What we witnessed was not a safe area but a battlefront,” Alaa Sbaih, a 24-year-old resident of Al-Sabra, told +972. Earlier that day, Sbaih had opened her home to relatives who had fled from the eastern neighborhood of Al-Daraj. But they soon became trapped: as the bombings continued into the following day, they discovered that Israeli snipers had set up positions atop the nearby buildings of Al-Azhar University, the Islamic University, and Al-Sousi Tower, and were shooting at anyone who moved. Sbaih is fearful of even approaching the windows to check what is happening outside — and for good reason. “Our neighbor from the Al-Qasas family tried to escape, but once he got to his car, a sniper shot him and left him bleeding in the street, with his children screaming for him,” Sbaih recounted. Indeed, Israeli soldiers have testified to +972 and Local Call that Palestinian civilians throughout Gaza are routinely shot dead, simply for being outside in areas where Israeli forces operate or even for watching them from behind a window. Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu) Palestinians flee the neighborhood of Al-Rimal in response to Israeli evacuation orders, Gaza City, July 8, 2024. (Ferial Abdu) It was not until Monday afternoon that the Israeli army eventually issued a second evacuation order, instructing people in the western neighborhoods of Al-Sabra, Al-Rimal, and Tal Al-Hawa to evacuate southward to the city of Deir Al-Balah. But as Israeli forces remain in the area, Sbaih and her relatives face an impossible decision. “We have no option except death: if we try to evacuate, we will be shot, and if we stay, we will be killed.” Maher Mamdooh, 21, told +972 that after being forced to relocate with more than 30 of his relatives just two weeks ago from Shuja’iya, he was then displaced three times between Sunday afternoon and Monday morning: from Al-Daraj to the border of Al-Rimal, then into central Al-Rimal, and then eventually further north toward Jabalia. During this ordeal, he lost all of his belongings, and was separated from some of his relatives. “We fled from the house in the middle of the night — we were running in all directions and no one knew where to go,” he recounted. “There were explosions everywhere, and we were surrounded by helicopters, quadcopters, and tanks. My relatives were with us, but now we do not know where they went. It was a night from hell.” On Wednesday, the Israeli army issued a third new evacuation order, instructing Palestinians to flee the entire Gaza City area. The renewed offensive has also forced Gaza City’s two remaining hospitals to close their doors: Al-Ahli — which was hit by missiles — and the Patient’s Friends Benevolent Society. Al-Shifa, Gaza’s largest hospital, remains in ruins following the Israeli siege of the area in March. After nine months of endless displacement, killing, and starvation, Mamdooh said life long ago became unbearable. “How many times do we have to die? There are no ways left for Israel to kill us. No one in the world can feel what I feel now.” In a comment to +972, a spokesperson for the Israeli army spokesperson denied that it had bombed the areas described, and said that “all of northern Gaza is defined by the IDF as an evacuated combat zone, and Hamas operates in the heart of civilian areas.” https://www.972mag.com/gaza-city-israeli-army-attacked-safe-areas/
    WWW.972MAG.COM
    Israel ordered thousands to ‘safe’ areas in Gaza City — then bombed them
    After fleeing west at the Israeli army’s instruction, Palestinians quickly found themselves encircled and under fire from tanks, drones, and snipers.
    Angry
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 3583 Views
  • WORLDWIDE REVOLT vs KILLER VACCINES - VT Foreign Policy
    July 10, 2024
    VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel

    $ 280 BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation; $ 150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts
    Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State.

    Introduction by Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio

    VERSIONE IN ITALIANO

    While in Italy and the European Union the shameful strategy of continuing the propaganda of Covid vaccines without the slightest concrete investigation into their safety continues to prevail, in the rest of the world, especially in the Anglo-Saxon world which was the first to support the need for Covid genetic sera although experimental (mRNA or mDNA messenger) there is now a real battle underway for the truth also shared by the judges.

    The magistrates who in the United Kingdom have put Big Pharma on trial for dead or damaged vaccinated people and in the USA have opened very heavy investigations into the pharmaceutical companies sponsored by Bill Gates who seems untouchable only by his friend the Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni and her prize-winning President of the European Commission Ursula Von Der Leyen.

    What interests do Meloni and Von Der Leyen have in not shedding light on the now clear crimes of Big Pharma’s vaccines???

    Hundreds of Doctors and Scientists Sign Accord Calling for Suspension and Investigation of mRNA Vaccines

    Hundreds of doctors and scientists from around the world have signed an accord calling for the suspension and investigation of mRNA Covid vaccines due to serious concerns about their safety and efficacy.

    The statement, called the Hope Accord, was released this week and swiftly gained nearly 3,000 signatures. These included endorsements from over 200 doctors, 300 other healthcare professionals and over 100 scientists and academics, with all signatures being verified to ensure they are from real and qualified people.

    The statement, which also calls for recognition and support for the vaccine injured, addresses five key priorities:

    Immediate suspension of COVID-19 mRNA vaccine products: It says mRNA vaccine products should be suspended immediately due to a growing body of evidence suggesting a link between the vaccine rollout and alarming trends in disability and excess deaths.
    Comprehensive re-evaluation of COVID-19 vaccine safety and efficacy: It demands independent investigations to thoroughly reassess the safety and efficacy of all COVID-19 vaccine products, ensuring transparency and full disclosure of data.
    Recognition and support for the vaccine injured: The accord stresses the need to acknowledge and support individuals who have suffered vaccine-related injuries, providing them with the necessary medical care and compensation.
    Restoration of ethical principles abandoned during the COVID-19 era: It calls for a return to core medical ethics, including informed consent, bodily autonomy and the protection of children, all of which were compromised in the last few years.
    Addressing the root causes of the current predicament: The accord advocates an honest investigation into the factors that led to the current ethical and medical issues, including institutional groupthink, conflicts of interest and the suppression of scientific debate.
    The initiative grew out of the U.K. People’s Vaccine Inquiry, beginning life as a statement by members of Doctors for Patients U.K., including GP Dr. Ayiesha Malik, Surgeon Dr. James Royle and Cardiologist Dr. Dean Patterson. Emergency physician Dr. Tim Kelly saw the need for a broader international ethical statement and drew in supportive clinicians from the U.S., Canada, South Africa and Australia.

    In a press release, the organisers said the accord “calls on the medical community and policymakers to reassess the ethical breaches of recent years and ensure future health crises are managed with greater adherence to ethical principles and scientific integrity”.

    Healthcare professionals, scientists and concerned members of the public are invited to join the movement by adding their signature and support.

    Top heart doctor Aseem Malhotra has endorsed the statement in a video on X. Jordan Peterson has also backed the initiative, saying that while he doubts ethics can really be brought back to medicine, “these people are worth supporting”.

    Originally publisthed by The Daily Sceptic

    All links to previous Gospa News investigations have been added aftermath, for the ties with the topics highlighted

    Fabio G. C. Carisio
    Fabio is investigative journalist since 1991. Now geopolitics, intelligence, military, SARS-Cov-2 manmade, NWO expert and Director-founder of Gospa News: a Christian Information Journal.

    His articles were published on many international media and website as SouthFront, Reseau International, Sputnik Italia, United Nation Association Westminster, Global Research, Kolozeg and more…

    Most popolar investigation on VT is:

    Rumsfeld Shady Heritage in Pandemic: GILEAD’s Intrigues with WHO & Wuhan Lab. Bio-Weapons’ Tests with CIA & Pentagon

    Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio, born on 24/2/1967 in Borgosesia, started working as a reporter when he was only 19 years old in the alpine area of Valsesia, Piedmont, his birth region in Italy. After studying literature and history at the Catholic University of the Sacred Heart in Milan, he became director of the local newspaper Notizia Oggi Vercelli and specialized in judicial reporting.

    For about 15 years he is a correspondent from Northern Italy for the Italian newspapers Libero and Il Giornale, also writing important revelations on the Ustica massacre, a report on Freemasonry and organized crime.

    With independent investigations, he collaborates with Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza in important investigations that conclude with the arrest of Camorra entrepreneurs or corrupt politicians.

    In July 2018 he found the counter-information web media Gospa News focused on geopolitics, terrorism, Middle East, and military intelligence.

    In 2020 published the book, in Italian only, WUHAN-GATES – The New World Order Plot on SARS-Cov-2 manmade focused on the cycle of investigations Wuhan-Gates

    His investigations was quoted also by The Gateway Pundit, Tasnim and others

    He worked for many years for the magazine Art & Wine as an art critic and curator.

    VETERANS TODAY OLD POSTS

    www.gospanews.net/

    ATTENTION READERS

    We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed
    In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion.

    About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy
    Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT.

    https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/07/worldwide-revolt-vs-killer-vaccines/
    WORLDWIDE REVOLT vs KILLER VACCINES - VT Foreign Policy July 10, 2024 VT Condemns the ETHNIC CLEANSING OF PALESTINIANS by USA/Israel $ 280 BILLION US TAXPAYER DOLLARS INVESTED since 1948 in US/Israeli Ethnic Cleansing and Occupation Operation; $ 150B direct "aid" and $ 130B in "Offense" contracts Source: Embassy of Israel, Washington, D.C. and US Department of State. Introduction by Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio VERSIONE IN ITALIANO While in Italy and the European Union the shameful strategy of continuing the propaganda of Covid vaccines without the slightest concrete investigation into their safety continues to prevail, in the rest of the world, especially in the Anglo-Saxon world which was the first to support the need for Covid genetic sera although experimental (mRNA or mDNA messenger) there is now a real battle underway for the truth also shared by the judges. The magistrates who in the United Kingdom have put Big Pharma on trial for dead or damaged vaccinated people and in the USA have opened very heavy investigations into the pharmaceutical companies sponsored by Bill Gates who seems untouchable only by his friend the Italian Prime Minister Giorgia Meloni and her prize-winning President of the European Commission Ursula Von Der Leyen. What interests do Meloni and Von Der Leyen have in not shedding light on the now clear crimes of Big Pharma’s vaccines??? Hundreds of Doctors and Scientists Sign Accord Calling for Suspension and Investigation of mRNA Vaccines Hundreds of doctors and scientists from around the world have signed an accord calling for the suspension and investigation of mRNA Covid vaccines due to serious concerns about their safety and efficacy. The statement, called the Hope Accord, was released this week and swiftly gained nearly 3,000 signatures. These included endorsements from over 200 doctors, 300 other healthcare professionals and over 100 scientists and academics, with all signatures being verified to ensure they are from real and qualified people. The statement, which also calls for recognition and support for the vaccine injured, addresses five key priorities: Immediate suspension of COVID-19 mRNA vaccine products: It says mRNA vaccine products should be suspended immediately due to a growing body of evidence suggesting a link between the vaccine rollout and alarming trends in disability and excess deaths. Comprehensive re-evaluation of COVID-19 vaccine safety and efficacy: It demands independent investigations to thoroughly reassess the safety and efficacy of all COVID-19 vaccine products, ensuring transparency and full disclosure of data. Recognition and support for the vaccine injured: The accord stresses the need to acknowledge and support individuals who have suffered vaccine-related injuries, providing them with the necessary medical care and compensation. Restoration of ethical principles abandoned during the COVID-19 era: It calls for a return to core medical ethics, including informed consent, bodily autonomy and the protection of children, all of which were compromised in the last few years. Addressing the root causes of the current predicament: The accord advocates an honest investigation into the factors that led to the current ethical and medical issues, including institutional groupthink, conflicts of interest and the suppression of scientific debate. The initiative grew out of the U.K. People’s Vaccine Inquiry, beginning life as a statement by members of Doctors for Patients U.K., including GP Dr. Ayiesha Malik, Surgeon Dr. James Royle and Cardiologist Dr. Dean Patterson. Emergency physician Dr. Tim Kelly saw the need for a broader international ethical statement and drew in supportive clinicians from the U.S., Canada, South Africa and Australia. In a press release, the organisers said the accord “calls on the medical community and policymakers to reassess the ethical breaches of recent years and ensure future health crises are managed with greater adherence to ethical principles and scientific integrity”. Healthcare professionals, scientists and concerned members of the public are invited to join the movement by adding their signature and support. Top heart doctor Aseem Malhotra has endorsed the statement in a video on X. Jordan Peterson has also backed the initiative, saying that while he doubts ethics can really be brought back to medicine, “these people are worth supporting”. Originally publisthed by The Daily Sceptic All links to previous Gospa News investigations have been added aftermath, for the ties with the topics highlighted Fabio G. C. Carisio Fabio is investigative journalist since 1991. Now geopolitics, intelligence, military, SARS-Cov-2 manmade, NWO expert and Director-founder of Gospa News: a Christian Information Journal. His articles were published on many international media and website as SouthFront, Reseau International, Sputnik Italia, United Nation Association Westminster, Global Research, Kolozeg and more… Most popolar investigation on VT is: Rumsfeld Shady Heritage in Pandemic: GILEAD’s Intrigues with WHO & Wuhan Lab. Bio-Weapons’ Tests with CIA & Pentagon Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio, born on 24/2/1967 in Borgosesia, started working as a reporter when he was only 19 years old in the alpine area of Valsesia, Piedmont, his birth region in Italy. After studying literature and history at the Catholic University of the Sacred Heart in Milan, he became director of the local newspaper Notizia Oggi Vercelli and specialized in judicial reporting. For about 15 years he is a correspondent from Northern Italy for the Italian newspapers Libero and Il Giornale, also writing important revelations on the Ustica massacre, a report on Freemasonry and organized crime. With independent investigations, he collaborates with Carabinieri and Guardia di Finanza in important investigations that conclude with the arrest of Camorra entrepreneurs or corrupt politicians. In July 2018 he found the counter-information web media Gospa News focused on geopolitics, terrorism, Middle East, and military intelligence. In 2020 published the book, in Italian only, WUHAN-GATES – The New World Order Plot on SARS-Cov-2 manmade focused on the cycle of investigations Wuhan-Gates His investigations was quoted also by The Gateway Pundit, Tasnim and others He worked for many years for the magazine Art & Wine as an art critic and curator. VETERANS TODAY OLD POSTS www.gospanews.net/ ATTENTION READERS We See The World From All Sides and Want YOU To Be Fully Informed In fact, intentional disinformation is a disgraceful scourge in media today. So to assuage any possible errant incorrect information posted herein, we strongly encourage you to seek corroboration from other non-VT sources before forming an educated opinion. About VT - Policies & Disclosures - Comment Policy Due to the nature of uncensored content posted by VT's fully independent international writers, VT cannot guarantee absolute validity. All content is owned by the author exclusively. Expressed opinions are NOT necessarily the views of VT, other authors, affiliates, advertisers, sponsors, partners, or technicians. Some content may be satirical in nature. All images are the full responsibility of the article author and NOT VT. https://www.vtforeignpolicy.com/2024/07/worldwide-revolt-vs-killer-vaccines/
    WWW.VTFOREIGNPOLICY.COM
    WORLDWIDE REVOLT vs KILLER VACCINES
    Introduction by Fabio Giuseppe Carlo Carisio VERSIONE IN ITALIANO While in Italy and the European Union the shameful strategy of continuing the propaganda of Covid vaccines without the slightest concrete investigation into their safety continues to prevail, in the rest of the world, especially in the Anglo-Saxon world which was the first to support the
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 4888 Views
  • Israeli army probe finds multiple cases of friendly fire on October 7
    Antiwar Dot ComJune 21, 2024

    The army probe identified numerous examples of Israeli forces targeting Israeli civilians, as well as overreacting or failing to act on October 7. Mainstream media has smeared The Grayzone for exposing Israel’s “Hannibal Directive” scandal months ago.

    Editor’s note: The Washington Post and Israel’s Haaretz have published numerous scurrilous and error-filled attacks on The Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal and other colleagues for helping expose the Israeli military’s deliberate killing of Israeli civilians while held captive by Palestinian militants on October 7. The Israeli army investigation and a June 12, 2024 United Nations report are the latest official investigations which corroborate our factual reporting.

    The following article was originally published by Antiwar.com.

    A review by the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) set to be released this summer will conclude that Israeli soldiers killed many of their own people on October 7, Israeli media reported. The inquiry is expected to identify multiple failures of the IDF during the Hamas rampage in southern Israel.

    According to Israel’s Channel 12 News, the IDF report due to be released in mid-July found “many casualties due to our forces firing on our forces.” Tel Aviv has been accused of ordering its soldiers to kill hostages rather than allow Hamas to use them in negotiations, a policy long known as the ‘Hannibal Directive.’

    The IDF’s October 7 review appears to point to incompetence rather than the intentional killing of its own civilians. However, Israeli outlet Ynet’s investigation of the IDF’s conduct found Tel Aviv had ordered troops to follow the Hannibal policy.

    Still, the conclusions from the forthcoming report will amount to an official admission that scores, if not more, of Israelis were killed by IDF soldiers, not Hamas.

    On October 7, Hamas launched a large-scale assault on southern Israel that left hundreds of attackers, 767 Israeli civilians, and 376 members of the Israeli security forces dead. The Jerusalem Post recently reported that many of the Israeli deaths were caused by IDF overreaction or inaction.

    “According to the report, the probe will find numerous cases of friendly fire errors leading to tragic deaths, groups of IDF soldiers who were too hesitant to confront Hamas invaders (as still others rushed to fight without being formally summoned),” the outlet noted, adding that “higher-up commanders ordering some groups of soldiers to remain in a reserve second-line capacity – when they should have headed into the front, and not knowing how to handle complex battlefield questions involving a hostage.”

    While Tel Aviv has denied that the Hannibal Directive was put into effect and insists it is no longer used, evidence has emerged of Israeli forces firing on homes knowing civilians were inside. One incident in Kibbutz Be’eri left 12 Israeli civilians dead.

    There are multiple probes investigating the IDF’s actions on October 7, though one Israeli government-led inquiry was shut down by the country’s top court this week amid objections from the IDF and a number of senior officials.


    https://thegrayzone.com/2024/06/21/israeli-army-friendly-fire-october-7/
    Israeli army probe finds multiple cases of friendly fire on October 7 Antiwar Dot ComJune 21, 2024 The army probe identified numerous examples of Israeli forces targeting Israeli civilians, as well as overreacting or failing to act on October 7. Mainstream media has smeared The Grayzone for exposing Israel’s “Hannibal Directive” scandal months ago. Editor’s note: The Washington Post and Israel’s Haaretz have published numerous scurrilous and error-filled attacks on The Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal and other colleagues for helping expose the Israeli military’s deliberate killing of Israeli civilians while held captive by Palestinian militants on October 7. The Israeli army investigation and a June 12, 2024 United Nations report are the latest official investigations which corroborate our factual reporting. The following article was originally published by Antiwar.com. A review by the Israel Defense Forces (IDF) set to be released this summer will conclude that Israeli soldiers killed many of their own people on October 7, Israeli media reported. The inquiry is expected to identify multiple failures of the IDF during the Hamas rampage in southern Israel. According to Israel’s Channel 12 News, the IDF report due to be released in mid-July found “many casualties due to our forces firing on our forces.” Tel Aviv has been accused of ordering its soldiers to kill hostages rather than allow Hamas to use them in negotiations, a policy long known as the ‘Hannibal Directive.’ The IDF’s October 7 review appears to point to incompetence rather than the intentional killing of its own civilians. However, Israeli outlet Ynet’s investigation of the IDF’s conduct found Tel Aviv had ordered troops to follow the Hannibal policy. Still, the conclusions from the forthcoming report will amount to an official admission that scores, if not more, of Israelis were killed by IDF soldiers, not Hamas. On October 7, Hamas launched a large-scale assault on southern Israel that left hundreds of attackers, 767 Israeli civilians, and 376 members of the Israeli security forces dead. The Jerusalem Post recently reported that many of the Israeli deaths were caused by IDF overreaction or inaction. “According to the report, the probe will find numerous cases of friendly fire errors leading to tragic deaths, groups of IDF soldiers who were too hesitant to confront Hamas invaders (as still others rushed to fight without being formally summoned),” the outlet noted, adding that “higher-up commanders ordering some groups of soldiers to remain in a reserve second-line capacity – when they should have headed into the front, and not knowing how to handle complex battlefield questions involving a hostage.” While Tel Aviv has denied that the Hannibal Directive was put into effect and insists it is no longer used, evidence has emerged of Israeli forces firing on homes knowing civilians were inside. One incident in Kibbutz Be’eri left 12 Israeli civilians dead. There are multiple probes investigating the IDF’s actions on October 7, though one Israeli government-led inquiry was shut down by the country’s top court this week amid objections from the IDF and a number of senior officials. https://thegrayzone.com/2024/06/21/israeli-army-friendly-fire-october-7/
    THEGRAYZONE.COM
    Israeli army probe finds multiple cases of friendly fire on October 7 - The Grayzone
    The army probe identified numerous examples of Israeli forces targeting Israeli civilians, as well as overreacting or failing to act on October 7. Mainstream media has smeared The Grayzone for exposing Israel’s “Hannibal Directive” scandal months ago. Editor’s note: The Washington Post and Israel’s Haaretz have published numerous scurrilous and error-filled attacks on The Grayzone’s Max Blumenthal and other colleagues for helping expose the Israeli military’s deliberate killing of Israeli civilians while held captive by Palestinian militants on October 7. […]
    Like
    1
    0 Comments 0 Shares 1769 Views
More Results